Attached files

file filename
EX-99.1 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 99.1 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex991_022511.htm
EX-24 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 24 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex24_022511.htm
EX-31.1 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 31.1 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex311_022511.htm
EX-31.2 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 31.2 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex312_022511.htm
EX-23.2 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 23.2 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex232_022511.htm
EX-99.2 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 99.2 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex992_022511.htm
EX-23.1 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 23.1 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex231_022511.htm
EX-32 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 32 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex32_022511.htm
EX-21 - CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXHIBIT 21 TO FORM 10-K - TCF FINANCIAL CORPchemex21_022511.htm
Table of Contents

(CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION LOGO)
 
2010
Annual Report
to Shareholders

 


 

CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
 
2010 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
         
Table of Contents   Page
 
 
       
    1  
       
    2  
       
    3  
       
    42  
       
    43  
       
    45  
       
    49  
       
    98  
       
    99  
       
    100  
       
    101  


Table of Contents

 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This report contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections about the financial services industry, the economy and Chemical Financial Corporation (Chemical). Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “is likely,” “judgment,” “plans,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such statements are based upon current beliefs and expectations and involve substantial risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These statements include, among others, statements related to real estate valuation, future levels of nonperforming loans, the rate of asset dispositions, future capital levels, future dividends, future growth and funding sources, future liquidity levels, future profitability levels, future deposit insurance premiums, the effects on earnings of future changes in interest rates and the future level of other revenue sources. All statements referencing future time periods are forward-looking. Management’s determination of the provision and allowance for loan losses; the carrying value of acquired loans, goodwill and mortgage servicing rights; the fair value of investment securities (including whether any impairment on any investment security is temporary or other-than-temporary and the amount of any impairment); and management’s assumptions concerning pension and other postretirement benefit plans involve judgments that are inherently forward-looking. There can be no assurance that future loan losses will be limited to the amounts estimated. All of the information concerning interest rate sensitivity is forward-looking. The future effect of changes in the financial and credit markets and the national and regional economy on the banking industry, generally, and on Chemical, specifically, are also inherently uncertain. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions (“risk factors”) that are difficult to predict with regard to timing, extent, likelihood and degree of occurrence. Therefore, actual results and outcomes may materially differ from what may be expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Chemical undertakes no obligation to update, amend or clarify forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
 
Risk factors include, but are not limited to, the risk factors described in Item 1A of this report. These and other factors are representative of the risk factors that may emerge and could cause a difference between an ultimate actual outcome and a preceding forward-looking statement.


1


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
 
                                           
  Years Ended December 31,      
  2010(a)     2009     2008     2007     2006      
  (In thousands, except per share data)      
Earnings Summary
                                         
Net interest income
$ 171,120     $ 147,444     $ 145,253     $ 130,089     $ 132,236      
Provision for loan losses
  45,600       59,000       49,200       11,500       5,200      
Noninterest income
  42,472       41,119       41,197       43,288       40,147      
Operating expenses
  136,802       117,610       109,108       104,671       97,874      
Net income
  23,090       10,003       19,842       39,009       46,844      
Per Common Share Data
                                         
Net income:
                                         
Basic
$ 0.88     $ 0.42     $ 0.83     $ 1.60     $ 1.88      
Diluted
  0.88       0.42       0.83       1.60       1.88      
Cash dividends paid
  0.80       1.18       1.18       1.14       1.10      
Book value at end of period
  20.41       19.85       20.58       21.35       20.46      
Market value at end of period
  22.15       23.58       27.88       23.79       33.30      
Common shares outstanding at end of period
  27,440       23,891       23,881       23,815       24,828      
Year End Balances
                                         
Total assets
$ 5,246,209     $ 4,250,712     $ 3,874,313     $ 3,754,313     $ 3,789,247      
Total loans
  3,681,662       2,993,160       2,981,677       2,799,434       2,807,660      
Total deposits
  4,331,765       3,418,125       2,978,792       2,875,589       2,898,085      
Federal Home Loan Bank advances/other borrowings
  316,833       330,568       368,763       347,412       354,041      
Total shareholders’ equity
  560,078       474,311       491,544       508,464       507,886      
Average Balances
                                         
Total assets
$ 4,913,310     $ 4,066,229     $ 3,784,617     $ 3,785,034     $ 3,763,067      
Total earning assets
  4,618,012       3,847,006       3,550,611       3,551,867       3,521,489      
Total loans
  3,438,550       2,980,126       2,873,151       2,805,880       2,767,114      
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  3,685,186       3,002,050       2,711,413       2,718,814       2,692,410      
Total deposits
  4,017,230       3,195,411       2,924,361       2,923,004       2,861,916      
Federal Home Loan Bank advances/other borrowings
  336,782       348,235       325,177       327,831       362,990      
Total shareholders’ equity
  530,819       483,034       509,100       505,915       510,255      
Financial Ratios
                                         
Net interest margin
  3.80 %     3.91 %     4.16 %     3.73 %     3.82 %    
Return on average assets
  0.47       0.25       0.52       1.03       1.24      
Return on average shareholders’ equity
  4.3       2.1       3.9       7.7       9.2      
Efficiency ratio
  62.8       61.4       57.8       59.6       56.1      
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage
of average assets
  10.8       11.9       13.5       13.4       13.6      
Tangible shareholders’ equity as a percentage
of total assets
  8.6       9.6       11.0       11.7       11.6      
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
  11.7       14.2       15.1       16.1       16.2      
Total risk-based capital ratio
  12.9       15.5       16.4       17.3       17.5      
Dividend payout ratio
  91.1       281.0       142.2       71.2       58.5      
Credit Quality
                                         
Allowance for loan losses
$ 89,530     $ 80,841     $ 57,056     $ 39,422     $ 34,098      
Total nonperforming originated loans
  147,729       135,755       93,328       63,360       26,910      
Total nonperforming assets
  175,239       153,295       113,251       74,492       35,762      
Net loan charge-offs
  36,911       35,215       31,566       6,176       5,650      
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total originated loans
  2.86 %     2.70 %     1.91 %     1.41 %     1.21 %    
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming originated loans
  61       60       61       62       127      
Nonperforming originated loans as a percentage of total originated loans
  4.72       4.54       3.13       2.26       0.96      
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
  3.34       3.61       2.92       1.98       0.94      
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans
  1.07       1.18       1.10       0.22       0.20      
 
(a) Includes the impact of the acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation on April 30, 2010. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Report for information on the acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation.


2


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION
 
Chemical Financial Corporation (Corporation) is a financial holding company headquartered in Midland, Michigan with its business concentrated in a single industry segment — commercial banking. The Corporation, through its subsidiary bank, Chemical Bank, offers a full range of traditional banking and fiduciary products and services. These products and services include business and personal checking accounts, savings and individual retirement accounts, time deposit instruments, electronically accessed banking products, residential and commercial real estate financing, commercial lending, consumer financing, debit cards, safe deposit box services, money transfer services, automated teller machines, access to insurance and investment products, corporate and personal wealth management services and other banking services.
 
The principal markets for the Corporation’s products and services are communities within Michigan in which the branches of Chemical Bank are located and the areas immediately surrounding those communities. As of December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank served 90 communities through 142 banking offices located in 32 counties across Michigan’s lower peninsula. In addition to its banking offices, Chemical Bank operated three loan production offices and 162 automated teller machines, both on- and off-bank premises. Chemical Bank operates through an internal organizational structure of four regional banking units. Chemical Bank’s regional banking units are collections of branch banking offices organized by geographical regions within the State of Michigan.
 
The principal source of revenue for the Corporation is interest and fees on loans, which accounted for 76% of total revenue in 2010, 74% of total revenue in 2009 and 72% of total revenue in 2008. Interest on investment securities is also a significant source of revenue, accounting for 6% of total revenue in 2010, 8% of total revenue in 2009 and 10% of total revenue in 2008. Revenue is influenced by overall economic factors including market interest rates, business and consumer spending, consumer confidence and competitive conditions in the marketplace.
 
BANK INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act) was signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage to $250,000 per depositor. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act resulted in a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States, established the new federal Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (BCFP), and requires the BCFP and other federal agencies to implement many new and significant rules and regulations. At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting rules and regulations will impact the Corporation’s and Chemical Bank’s business. Compliance with these new laws and regulations will likely result in additional costs, which could be significant and could adversely impact the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
 
In November 2010, the FDIC, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, issued a rule that provides unlimited insurance coverage on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at all insured institutions beginning December 31, 2010 and expiring December 31, 2012. Under the rule, a noninterest-bearing transaction account is defined as a deposit account where interest is neither accrued nor paid, depositors are permitted to make an unlimited number of transfers and withdrawals and the institution does not reserve the right to advance notice of an intended withdrawal. Money market deposit accounts and Negotiable Orders of Withdrawal (NOW) accounts are not eligible for the unlimited insurance coverage, regardless of the interest rate. Further, there will not be a separate fee assessment on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts after December 31, 2010. Prior to December 31, 2010, unlimited insurance coverage was available on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts under the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program (TAGP). The TAGP, which was adopted by the FDIC in November 2008 and expired December 31, 2010, provided full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for covered accounts, which were defined as noninterest-bearing transaction deposit accounts, NOW accounts paying less than 0.5% (0.25% after June 30, 2010) interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (IOLTA) held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through December 31, 2010. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage was an annualized 10 basis points assessed quarterly on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000. The Corporation’s additional FDIC fee assessment related to the full deposit coverage for TAGP eligible accounts was $0.6 million in 2010 and $0.1 million in 2009.
 
In February 2011, the FDIC adopted a rule which changes the assessment base and assessment rates used to compute quarterly FDIC insurance assessments beginning April 1, 2011. Under the rule, the assessment base for all insured institutions, as mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act, will change to average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. In addition, the initial base assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions will range from 5 to 9 basis points, on an annualized basis, and from 2.5 to 9 basis points after the effect of potential base-rate adjustments. Chemical Bank was, by definition, a Risk Category 1 institution during 2010 and 2009.


3


Table of Contents

Chemical Bank’s FDIC insurance assessments totaled $7.4 million in 2010, $7.0 million in 2009 and $0.9 million in 2008. Based upon the adopted rule that takes effect April 1, 2011 and the Corporation’s average assessment base (under the adopted rule) at December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s FDIC premiums are expected to be lower in 2011 than in 2010.
 
In February 2009, the FDIC issued rules to amend the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) restoration plan, change the risk-based assessment system and set increased assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions beginning in the second quarter of 2009. Effective April 1, 2009, for Risk Category 1 institutions, the assessment rate methodology was established to determine the initial base assessment rate by using a weighted combination of weighted-average regulatory examination component ratings, long-term debt issuer ratings (converted to numbers and averaged) and certain financial ratios. The initial base assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions ranged from 12 to 16 basis points, on an annualized basis, and from 7 to 24 basis points after the effect of potential base-rate adjustments. In May 2009, the FDIC issued a rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all FDIC insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The special assessment was part of the FDIC’s efforts to restore the DIF reserves. The Corporation recognized $1.8 million of additional deposit insurance expense in the second quarter of 2009 related to the special assessment. Deposit insurance expense during 2009 totaled $7.0 million, including the $1.8 million recognized in the second quarter related to the special assessment. In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepayment calculation was based on an institution’s assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 and assumed a 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base. On December 30, 2009, the Corporation prepaid $19.7 million in risk-based assessments. In conjunction with the adoption of the prepaid assessment, the FDIC adopted a uniform 3 basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. In October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35% by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Under the new restoration plan, the FDIC elected to forego the uniform 3 basis point increase scheduled to take place on January 1, 2011. As previously discussed, in February 2011, the FDIC adopted a rule that further changed future assessment rates beginning April 1, 2011.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation held $18.7 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLB) stock. The Corporation carries FHLB stock at cost, or par value, and evaluates FHLB stock for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. As part of the impairment assessment of FHLB stock, management considers, among other things, (i) the significance and length of time of any declines in net assets of the FHLB compared to its capital stock, (ii) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulations and the level of such payments in relation to its operating performance, (iii) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on financial institutions and, accordingly, the customer base of the FHLB and (iv) the liquidity position of the FHLB. The Corporation received $0.3 million of cash dividend payments on its FHLB stock during 2010, down from $0.5 million received during 2009. The FHLB was profitable through the first three quarters of 2010, with net income of $70 million, despite recognizing $68 million of other-than-temporary impairment losses on the credit-loss portion of its private-label residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio. At September 30, 2010, the FHLB was considered well-capitalized in accordance with regulatory requirements and its capital was 4.2% of total assets, compared to 3.7% at December 31, 2009. Standard & Poor’s has given the FHLB a rating of AAA since December 2009. Given all of the factors available, it was the Corporation’s assessment that the overall financial condition of the FHLB did not indicate an impairment of its FHLB stock at December 31, 2010.
 
On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) was signed into law in response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions. The EESA created the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), under which the United States Department of the Treasury (Treasury) was given the authority to, among other things, purchase up to $700 billion of mortgages, residential mortgage-backed securities and certain other financial instruments from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. EESA also temporarily increased the amount of deposit insurance coverage available on customer deposit accounts from $100,000 per depositor to $250,000 per depositor until December 31, 2009. In May 2009, the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act was signed into law, which extended the temporary deposit insurance increase of $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013. With the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010, the deposit insurance increase to $250,000 per depositor was made permanent.
 
In October 2008, the Treasury announced that it would purchase equity stakes in a wide variety of banks and thrifts. Under the program, known as the Capital Purchase Program (CPP), the Treasury made $250 billion of the $700 billion authorized under TARP available to U.S. financial institutions through the purchase of preferred stock. In conjunction with the purchase of preferred stock, the Treasury received, from participating financial institutions, warrants to purchase common stock with an aggregate market price equal to 15% of the preferred stock investment. Participating financial institutions were required to agree to restrictions on future dividends and share repurchases during the period in which the preferred stock remained outstanding. On December 18, 2008, the Corporation announced that it had elected not to accept the $84 million capital investment approved by the Treasury as part of the


4


Table of Contents

CPP. The board of directors and management of the Corporation determined that the potential dilution to the Corporation’s shareholders and various restrictions outweighed any potential benefits from the Corporation’s participation in the CPP.
 
In November 2008, the FDIC adopted the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP). The TLGP, an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector, was amended by the FDIC in August 2009 and again in April 2010 to extend maturity dates originally adopted. Under the TLGP, the FDIC guaranteed, through the earlier of maturity or December 31, 2012, certain newly-issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008 and through April 30, 2010. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranged from 50 basis points to 300 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The Corporation did not issue any FDIC guaranteed debt during the three years ended December 31, 2010.
 
ACQUISITION OF O.A.K. FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
On April 30, 2010, the Corporation acquired 100% of O.A.K. Financial Corporation (OAK) for total consideration of $83.7 million. The total consideration consisted of the issuance of 3,529,772 shares of the Corporation’s common stock with a total value of $83.7 million based upon a market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock of $23.70 at the acquisition date, the exchange of 26,425 stock options for the outstanding vested stock options of OAK with a value of the exchange equal to approximately $41,000 at the acquisition date, and approximately $8,000 of cash in lieu of fractional shares.
 
OAK, a bank holding company, owned Byron Bank, which provided traditional banking services and products through 14 banking offices serving communities in Ottawa, Allegan and Kent counties in west Michigan. Byron Bank owned two operating subsidiaries, Byron Investment Services, which offered mutual fund products, securities, brokerage services, retirement planning services, and investment management and advisory services, and O.A.K. Title Insurance Agency, which offered title insurance to buyers and sellers of residential and commercial properties. At April 30, 2010, OAK had total assets of $820 million, total loans of $627 million and total deposits of $693 million. The Corporation operated Byron Bank as a separate subsidiary from the acquisition date until July 23, 2010, the date Byron Bank was consolidated with and into Chemical Bank, and at which time Byron Investment Services and O.A.K. Title Insurance Agency became subsidiaries of Chemical Bank. O.A.K. Title Insurance Agency was subsequently dissolved effective August 31, 2010 and Byron Investment Services is expected to be dissolved in 2011.
 
In connection with the acquisition of OAK, the Corporation recorded $43.5 million of goodwill. Goodwill recorded was primarily attributable to the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the Corporation and OAK. In addition, the Corporation recorded $9.8 million of other intangible assets in conjunction with the acquisition. The other intangible assets represent the value attributable to core deposits of $8.4 million, mortgage servicing rights of $0.7 million and non-compete agreements of $0.7 million.
 
The Corporation developed exit plans for involuntary employee terminations associated with the OAK acquisition, of which the Corporation recognized $0.6 million during 2010 for these exit costs and employee termination benefits. In addition to these costs, the Corporation incurred other acquisition related transaction expenses of $3.7 million in 2010. Acquisition-related transaction expenses associated with the OAK acquisition totaled $4.3 million during 2010, which reduced net income per common share by $0.12 in 2010.
 
Additional information regarding the acquisition of OAK can be found in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in this Report and the Corporation’s Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on May 7, 2010, May 3, 2010 and January 8, 2010.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), SEC rules and interpretive releases and general practices within the industry in which the Corporation operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and complex judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the consolidated financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value or when a decline in the value of an asset not carried at fair value on the financial statements warrants an impairment write-down or a valuation reserve to be established. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by third-party sources,


5


Table of Contents

when available. When third-party information is not available, valuation adjustments are estimated by management primarily through the use of internal discounted cash flow analyses.
 
The most significant accounting policies followed by the Corporation are presented in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other notes to the consolidated financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the consolidated financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, estimates and assumptions underlying those amounts, management has identified the determination of the allowance for loan losses, accounting for loans acquired in business combinations, pension plan accounting, income and other taxes, the evaluation of goodwill impairment and fair value measurements to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective or complex judgments, and as such, could be most subject to revision as new or additional information becomes available or circumstances change, including overall changes in the economic climate and/or market interest rates. Management reviews its critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of the board of directors at least annually.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses (allowance) is calculated with the objective of maintaining a reserve sufficient to absorb inherent loan losses in the loan portfolio. The loan portfolio represents the largest asset type on the consolidated statements of financial position. The determination of the amount of the allowance is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected cash flows and collateral values on impaired loans, estimated losses on commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans and on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The principal assumption used in deriving the allowance is the estimate of a loss percentage for each type of loan. In determining the allowance and the related provision for loan losses, the Corporation considers four principal elements: (i) specific impairment reserve allocations (valuation allowances) based upon probable losses identified during the review of impaired commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loan portfolios, (ii) allocations established for adversely-rated commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans and nonaccrual real estate residential and consumer loans, (iii) allocations on all other loans based principally on the most recent three years of historical loan loss experience and loan loss trends, and (iv) an unallocated allowance based on the imprecision in the overall allowance methodology. It is extremely difficult to accurately measure the amount of losses that are inherent in the Corporation’s loan portfolio. The Corporation uses a defined methodology to quantify the necessary allowance and related provision for loan losses, but there can be no assurance that the methodology will successfully identify and estimate all of the losses that are inherent in the loan portfolio. As a result, the Corporation could record future provisions for loan losses that may be significantly different than the levels that have been recorded in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements further describe the methodology used to determine the allowance. In addition, a discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance is included under the subheading “Allowance for Loan Losses” in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
The Corporation has a loan review function that is independent of the loan origination function and that reviews management’s evaluation of the allowance at least annually. The Corporation’s loan review function performs a detailed credit quality review at least annually on commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans, particularly focusing on larger balance loans and loans that have deteriorated below certain levels of credit risk.
 
Accounting for Loans Acquired in Business Combinations
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (ASC 310-30), provides the GAAP guidance for accounting for loans acquired in a business combination that have experienced a deterioration of credit quality from origination to acquisition for which it is probable that the investor will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable, including both principal and interest.
 
Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered to be impaired. In the assessment of credit quality deterioration, the Corporation must make numerous assumptions, interpretations and judgments using internal and third-party credit quality information to determine whether it is probable that the Corporation will be able to collect all contractually required payments. This is a point in time assessment and inherently subjective due to the nature of the available information and judgment involved. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as past due and nonaccrual status, recent borrower credit scores and loan-to-value percentages. Those loans that qualify under ASC 310-30 are recorded at fair value at acquisition, which involves estimating the expected cash flows to be received. Accordingly, the associated allowance for loan losses related to these loans is not


6


Table of Contents

carried over at the acquisition date. ASC 310-30 also allows investors to aggregate loans acquired into loan pools that have common risk characteristics and thereby use a composite interest rate and expectation of cash flows to be collected for the loan pools. The Corporation understands, as outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ open letter to the Office of the Chief Accountant of the SEC dated December 18, 2009 and pending further standard setting, that for acquired loans that do not meet the scope criteria of ASC 310-30, a company may elect to account for such acquired loans pursuant to the provisions of either ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, or ASC 310-30. The Corporation elected to apply ASC 310-30 by analogy to loans acquired in the OAK transaction that were determined not to have deteriorated credit quality, and therefore, did not meet the scope criteria of ASC 310-30. Accordingly, the Corporation will follow the accounting and disclosure guidance of ASC 310-30 for these loans.
 
The excess of cash flows of a loan, or pool of loans, expected to be collected over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool of loans, on a level-yield basis. The difference between the contractually required payments of a loan, or pool of loans, and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments and estimates of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan, or pool of loans, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference.
 
Subsequent to acquisition, the Corporation is required to quarterly evaluate its estimates of cash flows expected to be collected. These evaluations require the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates, similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Given the current economic environment, the Corporation must apply judgment to develop its estimates of cash flows for acquired loans given the impact of changes in property values, default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds. Decreases in the estimates of expected cash flows will generally result in a charge to the provision for loan losses and a resulting increase to the allowance for loan losses. Increases in the estimates of expected cash flows will generally result in adjustments to the accretable yield which will increase amounts recognized in interest income in subsequent periods. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full or in part by the borrower and foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the acquired loan portfolio at its carrying amount. As a result of the significant amount of judgment involved in estimating future cash flows expected to be collected for acquired loans, the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is particularly sensitive to changes due to decreases in expected cash flows resulting from changes in loan credit quality.
 
Acquired loans that were classified as nonperforming loans prior to being acquired are not classified as nonperforming at acquisition because the loans are recorded in pools at fair value based on the principal and interest the Corporation expects to collect on such loans. Accordingly, at the acquisition date, the Corporation expects to fully collect the carrying value of acquired loans. Judgment is required to classify acquired loans as performing and is dependent on having a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected, even if the loans are contractually past due.
 
Loans acquired in the acquisition of OAK (“acquired loans”) were initially recorded at fair value without a carryover of OAK’s allowance for loan losses. The calculation of fair value of the acquired loans entailed estimating the amount and timing of cash flows attributable to both principal and interest expected to be collected on such loans and then discounting those cash flows at market interest rates. The Corporation aggregated acquired loans into 14 pools based upon common risk characteristics and estimated the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition using its internal credit risk grading model, interest rate risk and prepayment models, which incorporated its best estimate of current key assumptions, such as property values, default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds. The fair value of the acquired loans included discounts attributable to both credit quality and market interest rates, which were recorded as a reduction of the loans’ outstanding principal balance at the acquisition date. Upon acquisition, the acquired loan portfolio had contractually required principal and interest payments of $683 million and $97 million, respectively, expected principal and interest cash flows of $636 million and $88 million, respectively, and a fair value of $627 million. The difference between the contractually required payments receivable and the expected cash flows represents the nonaccretable difference, which totaled $56 million at the acquisition date, with $47 million attributable to expected credit losses. The difference between the expected cash flows and the fair value represents the accretable yield, which totaled $97 million at the acquisition date.
 
Pension Plan Accounting
 
The Corporation has a defined benefit pension plan for certain salaried employees. Effective June 30, 2006, benefits under the defined benefit pension plan were frozen for approximately two-thirds of the Corporation’s salaried employees as of that date. Pension benefits continued unchanged for the remaining salaried employees. At December 31, 2010, 257 employees, or 16% of total employees, on a full-time equivalent basis, were earning pension benefits under the defined benefit pension plan. The Corporation’s pension benefit obligations and related costs are calculated using actuarial concepts and measurements. Benefits under the plan are based on years of vested service, age and amount of compensation. Assumptions are made concerning future events that will determine the amount and timing of required benefit payments, funding requirements and pension expense.


7


Table of Contents

The key actuarial assumptions used in the pension plan are the discount rate and long-term rate of return on plan assets. These assumptions have a significant effect on the amounts reported for net periodic pension expense, as well as the respective benefit obligation amounts. The Corporation evaluates these critical assumptions annually.
 
At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Corporation calculated the discount rate for the pension plan using the results from a bond matching technique, which matched cash flows of the pension plan against a portfolio of bonds of Aa quality to determine the discount rate. At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the discount rate was established at 5.65%, 6.15% and 6.50%, respectively, to reflect market interest rate conditions.
 
The assumed long-term rate of return on pension plan assets represents an estimate of long-term returns on an investment portfolio consisting primarily of equity and fixed income investments. When determining the expected long-term return on pension plan assets, the Corporation considers long-term rates of return on the asset classes in which the Corporation expects the pension funds to be invested. The expected long-term rate of return is based on both historical and forecasted returns of the overall stock and bond markets and the actual portfolio. The following rates of return by asset class were considered in setting the assumptions for long-term return on pension plan assets:
 
                         
    December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
 
Equity securities
    6% – 9%       7% – 9%       7% – 8%  
Debt securities
    3% – 7%       4% – 6%       4% – 6%  
Other
    2% – 3%       2% – 5%       2% – 5%  
 
The assumed long-term return on pension plan assets is developed through an analysis of forecasted rates of return by asset class and forecasted asset allocations. It is used to compute the subsequent year’s expected return on assets, using the “market-related value” of pension plan assets. The difference between the expected return and the actual return on pension plan assets during the year is either an asset gain or loss, which is deferred and amortized over future periods when determining net periodic pension expense. The Corporation’s projection of the long-term return on pension plan assets was 7% in 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Other assumptions made in the pension plan calculations involve employee demographic factors, such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of compensation increase.
 
The key actuarial assumptions that will be used to calculate pension expense in 2011 for the defined benefit pension plan are a discount rate of 5.65%, a long-term rate of return on pension plan assets of 7% and a rate of compensation increase of 3.50%. Pension expense in 2011 is expected to be approximately $0.7 million, a decrease of approximately $0.1 million from 2010. In 2011, a decrease in the discount rate of 50 basis points was estimated to increase pension expense by $0.4 million, while an increase of 50 basis points was estimated to decrease pension expense by the same amount.
 
There are uncertainties associated with the underlying key actuarial assumptions, and the potential exists for significant, and possibly material, impacts on either or both the results of operations and cash flows (e.g., additional pension expense and/or additional pension plan funding, whether expected or required) from changes in the key actuarial assumptions. If the Corporation were to determine that more conservative assumptions are necessary, pension expense would increase and have a negative impact on results of operations in the period in which the increase occurs.
 
The Corporation accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715, Compensation-Retirement Benefits, which requires companies to recognize the over- or under-funded status of a plan as an asset or liability as measured by the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation and requires any unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses to be recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The impact of pension plan accounting on the statements of financial position at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is further discussed in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Income and Other Taxes
 
The Corporation is subject to the income and other tax laws of the United States and the State of Michigan. These laws are complex and are subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the various taxing authorities. In determining the provisions for income and other taxes, management must make judgments and estimates about the application of these inherently complex laws, related regulations and case law. In the process of preparing the Corporation’s tax returns, management attempts to make reasonable interpretations of applicable tax laws. These interpretations are subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon audit or to reinterpretation based on management’s ongoing assessment of facts and evolving regulations and case law.


8


Table of Contents

The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The provision for federal income taxes is based on income and expenses, as reported in the consolidated financial statements, rather than amounts reported on the Corporation’s federal income tax return. When income and expenses are recognized in different periods for tax purposes than for book purposes, applicable deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of its effective federal tax rate based upon its current best estimate of net income and the applicable taxes expected for the full year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed on an annual basis, or more frequently, if warranted by business events or circumstances. Reserves for uncertain tax positions are reviewed quarterly for adequacy based upon developments in tax law and the status of examinations or audits. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no federal income tax reserves recorded for uncertain tax positions.
 
Goodwill
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had $113.4 million of goodwill, which was originated through the acquisition of various banks and bank branches, recorded on the consolidated statement of financial position. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is tested by management annually for impairment, or more frequently if triggering events occur and indicate potential impairment, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20, Goodwill. The Corporation’s goodwill impairment assessment is reviewed annually, as of September 30, by an independent third-party appraisal firm utilizing the methodology and guidelines established in GAAP, including assumptions regarding the valuation of Chemical Bank.
 
The value of Chemical Bank was measured utilizing the income and market approaches as prescribed in FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820). GAAP identifies the cost approach as another acceptable method; however, the cost approach was not deemed an effective method to value a financial institution. The cost approach estimates value by adjusting the reported values of assets and liabilities to their market values. It is the Corporation’s opinion that financial institutions cannot be liquidated in an efficient manner. Estimating the fair market value of loans is a very difficult process and subject to a wide margin of error unless done on a loan by loan basis. Voluntary liquidations of financial institutions are not typical. More commonly, if a financial institution is liquidated, it is due to being taken over by the FDIC. The value of Chemical Bank was based as a going concern and not as a liquidation.
 
The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (cash flows or earnings) to a single, discounted amount. The income approach includes present value techniques, option-pricing models, such as the Black-Scholes formula and lattice models, and the multi-period excess-earnings method. In the valuation of Chemical Bank, the income approach utilized the discounted cash flow method based upon a forecast of growth and earnings. Cash flows are measured by using projected earnings, projected dividends and dividend paying capacity over a five-year period. In addition to estimating periodic cash flows, an estimate of residual value is determined through the capitalization of earnings. The income approach assumed cost savings and earnings enhancements that a strategic acquiror would likely implement based upon typical participant assumptions of market transactions. The discount rate is critical to the discounted cash flow analysis. The discount rate reflects the risk of uncertainty associated with the cash flows and a rate of return that investors would require from similar investments with similar risks. At the valuation date of September 30, 2010, a discount rate of 14% was utilized in the income approach.
 
The market approach uses observable prices and other relevant information that are generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The fair value measure is based on the value that those transactions indicate utilizing both financial and operating characteristics of the acquired companies. Two of the more significant financial ratios analyzed in completed transactions included price to latest twelve months earnings and price to tangible book value. At the valuation date of September 30, 2010, the market approach utilized a price to latest twelve months earnings ratio of 35 times and a price to tangible book value of 145%.
 
The fair value of Chemical Bank was determined to be slightly above the income approach and within the range of values in the market approach value range. The results of the valuation analysis concluded that the fair value of Chemical Bank was greater than its book value, including goodwill, and thus no goodwill impairment was evident at the valuation date of September 30, 2010. The weighted average of the fair values determined under the income and market approaches was a discount compared to the market capitalization of the Corporation at the valuation date. The Corporation is publicly traded and, therefore, the price per share of its common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market® establishes the marketable minority value. Given the volatility of the financial markets, particularly in the equity markets in 2010, it is management’s opinion that the marketable minority value does not always represent the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole and that an adjustment to the marketable minority value for the


9


Table of Contents

acquiror’s control is generally considered in the assessment of fair value. The Corporation determined that no triggering events occurred that indicated potential impairment of goodwill from the valuation date through December 31, 2010. The Corporation believes that the assumptions utilized were reasonable. However, the Corporation could incur impairment charges related to goodwill in the future due to changes in financial results or other matters that could affect the valuation assumptions.
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
The Corporation determines the fair value of its assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a standard framework for measuring and disclosing fair value under GAAP. A number of valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities in the Corporation’s financial statements. The valuation techniques include quoted market prices for investment securities, appraisals of real estate from independent licensed appraisers and other valuation techniques. Fair value measurements for assets and liabilities where limited or no observable market data exists are based primarily upon estimates, and are often calculated based on the economic and competitive environment, the characteristics of the asset or liability and other factors. Therefore, the valuation results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability. Additionally, there are inherent weaknesses in any calculation technique, and changes in the underlying assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results of current or future values. Significant changes in the aggregate fair value of assets and liabilities required to be measured at fair value or for impairment are recognized in the income statement under the framework established by GAAP. See Note 13 to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for more information on fair value measurements.
 
PENDING ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures:  In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2010-06). ASU 2010-06 requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements, including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, on a gross basis, in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2010-06 also requires disclosure of fair value measurements by “class” instead of by “major category” as well as any changes in valuation techniques used during the reporting period. For disclosures of Level 1 and Level 2 activity, fair value measurements by “class” and changes in valuation techniques, ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, with disclosures for previous comparative periods prior to adoption not required. The adoption of this portion of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements, ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this portion of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
Goodwill Impairment Testing:  In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, Intangibles (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts (ASU 2010-28). ASU 2010-28 provides guidance on (i) the circumstances under which step 2 of the goodwill impairment test must be performed for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, and (ii) the qualitative factors to be taken into account when performing step 2 in determining whether it is more likely than not that an impairment exists. ASU 2010-28 is effective for public entities with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, with early adoption prohibited. Upon initial application, all entities having reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts are required to assess whether it is more likely than not that impairment exists and any resulting goodwill impairment should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings in the period of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2010-28 on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
Pro Forma Disclosure Requirements for Business Combinations:  In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations (ASU 2010-29). ASU 2010-29 clarifies that pro forma revenue and earnings for a business combination occurring in the current year should be presented as though the business combination occurred as of the beginning of the year or, if comparative financial statements are presented, as though the business combination took place as of the beginning of the comparative year. ASU 2010-29 also amends existing guidance to expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the pro forma revenue and earnings. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for business combinations consummated on or after the start of the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2010-29 on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.


10


Table of Contents

Deferral of Troubled Debt Restructuring Disclosures:  In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20 (ASU 2011-01). For public entities, ASU 2011-01 delays the effective date for certain disclosures about loans modified under troubled debt restructurings included in ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (ASU 2010-20). The new effective date for the loans modified under troubled debt restructuring disclosures will be concurrent with the effective date of FASB’s proposed ASU, Receivables (Topic 310): Clarifications to Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors. ASU 2011-01 does not change the effective date for other disclosures required by public entities in ASU 2010-20. The adoption of ASU 2011-01 once effective is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
The following discussion and analysis is intended to cover the significant factors affecting the Corporation’s consolidated statements of financial position and income included in this report. It is designed to provide shareholders with a more comprehensive review of the consolidated operating results and financial position of the Corporation than could be obtained from an examination of the financial statements alone.
 
NET INCOME
 
Net income in 2010 was $23.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to net income in 2009 of $10.0 million, or $0.42 per diluted share, and net income in 2008 of $19.8 million, or $0.83 per diluted share. Net income in 2010 represented a 131% increase from 2009 net income, while 2009 net income represented a 50% decrease from 2008 net income. Net income per share in 2010 was 110% more than in 2009, while net income per share in 2009 was 49% less than in 2008. The increases in net income and net income per share in 2010, compared to 2009, were primarily attributable to a decrease in the provision for loan losses and the acquisition of OAK. The decreases in net income and net income per share in 2009, compared to 2008, were primarily attributable to increases in the provision for loan losses and operating expenses.
 
The Corporation’s return on average assets was 0.47% in 2010, 0.25% in 2009 and 0.52% in 2008. The Corporation’s return on average shareholders’ equity was 4.3% in 2010, 2.1% in 2009 and 3.9% in 2008.
 
ASSETS
 
Total assets were $5.25 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.00 billion, or 23%, from total assets at December 31, 2009 of $4.25 billion. Average assets were $4.91 billion during 2010, an increase of $847.1 million, or 21%, from average assets during 2009 of $4.07 billion. Average assets were $4.07 billion during 2009, an increase of $281.6 million, or 7%, from average assets during 2008 of $3.78 billion. The increases in total assets and average assets during 2010 were primarily attributable to the acquisition of OAK.


11


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
Information about the Corporation’s investment securities portfolio is summarized in Tables 1 and 2. The following table summarizes the maturities and yields of the carrying value of investment securities by investment category and fair value by investment category, at December 31, 2010:
 
TABLE 1. MATURITIES AND YIELDS* OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES AT DECEMBER 31, 2010
 
                                                                                         
    Maturity**                    
                After One
    After Five
                Total
       
    Within
    but Within
    but Within
    After
    Carrying
    Total
 
    One Year     Five Years     Ten Years     Ten Years     Value     Fair
 
    Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Amount     Yield     Value  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Available-for-Sale:
                                                                                       
Government sponsored agencies
  $ 64,067       1.22 %   $ 45,942       1.18 %   $ 5,583       1.83 %   $ 1,929       0.91 %   $ 117,521       1.23 %   $ 117,521  
State and political subdivisions
    1,053       5.21       8,819       4.17       33,408       5.71       2,766       5.92       46,046       5.42       46,046  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    50,713       2.29       56,799       2.97       9,352       4.40       20,071       4.46       136,935       3.03       136,935  
Collateralized mortgage obligations***
    81,020       0.91       112,337       0.88       22,481       1.75       18,083       1.62       233,921       1.03       233,921  
Corporate bonds
    6,994       0.88       35,753       2.58                               42,747       2.31       42,747  
Preferred stock
                                        1,440       5.59       1,440       5.59       1,440  
                                                                                         
Total Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
    203,847       1.37       259,650       1.74       70,824       3.98       44,289       3.28       578,610       2.00       578,610  
                                                                                         
Held-to-Maturity:
                                                                                       
State and political subdivisions
    18,259       4.10       65,394       4.23       50,290       4.75       20,957       6.55       154,900       4.70       155,248  
Trust preferred securities
                                        10,500       3.88       10,500       3.88       3,940  
                                                                                         
Total Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
    18,259       4.10       65,394       4.23       50,290       4.75       31,457       5.66       165,400       4.64       159,188  
                                                                                         
Total Investment Securities
  $ 222,106       1.59 %   $ 325,044       2.24 %   $ 121,114       4.30 %   $ 75,746       4.27 %   $ 744,010       2.59 %   $ 737,798  
                                                                                         
 
* Yields are weighted by amount and time to contractual maturity, are on a taxable equivalent basis using a 35% federal income tax rate and are based on carrying value.
 
** Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) are based on scheduled principal maturity. All other investment securities are based on final contractual maturity.
 
*** Yields disclosed are actual yields at December 31, 2010. The majority of the CMOs are variable rate financial instruments.
 
The following table summarizes the carrying value of investment securities at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
TABLE 2. SUMMARY OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Available-for-Sale:
                       
U.S. Treasury
  $     $     $ 21,494  
Government sponsored agencies
    117,521       191,985       172,234  
State and political subdivisions
    46,046       3,562       4,552  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    136,935       154,205       169,214  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    233,921       223,758       37,285  
Corporate bonds
    42,747       19,011       45,168  
Preferred stock
    1,440              
                         
Total Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
    578,610       592,521       449,947  
                         
Held-to-Maturity:
                       
Government sponsored agencies
                1,007  
State and political subdivisions
    154,900       120,447       85,495  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
          350       509  
Trust preferred securities
    10,500       10,500       10,500  
                         
Total Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
    165,400       131,297       97,511  
                         
Total Investment Securities
  $ 744,010     $ 723,818     $ 547,458  
                         
 


12


Table of Contents

The carrying value of investment securities at December 31, 2010 totaled $744.0 million, an increase of $20.2 million, or 2.8%, from investment securities at December 31, 2009 of $723.8 million. The increase in investment securities was attributable to the acquisition of OAK’s investment securities portfolio, which was partially offset by the Corporation not reinvesting all of its maturing investment securities. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s investment securities portfolio consisted of $117.5 million in government sponsored agency debt obligations comprised primarily of senior bonds that were issued by the twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks that make up the Federal Home Loan Bank System (FHLBanks); $201.0 million in state and political subdivisions debt obligations comprised primarily of general debt obligations of issuers primarily located in the State of Michigan; $136.9 million in residential mortgage-backed securities comprised primarily of fixed rate instruments backed by a U.S. government agency (Government National Mortgage Association) or government sponsored enterprises (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) and Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae)); $233.9 million of collateralized mortgage obligations comprised primarily of variable rate instruments with average maturities of less than three years backed by the same U.S. government agency and government sponsored enterprises as the residential mortgage-backed securities; $42.8 million in corporate bonds comprised primarily of debt obligations of large national financial organizations; preferred stock securities of $1.4 million comprised of preferred stock securities of two large banks; and $10.5 million of trust preferred securities (TRUPs) comprised primarily of a 100% interest in a TRUP of a small non-public bank holding company in Michigan.
 
The acquisition of OAK increased the Corporation’s investment securities portfolio by $69.6 million at the acquisition date and slightly changed the mix of the investment securities portfolio by increasing the amount of state and political subdivisions investment securities by $46.3 million, of which $46.0 million remained at December 31, 2010 in the available-for-sale portfolio. In addition, the preferred stock securities of $1.4 million at December 31, 2010 were acquired in the OAK acquisition. The Corporation has re-invested a portion of funds from maturing government sponsored agencies and residential mortgage-backed securities in 2010 into state and political subdivisions investment securities, as opportunities in local municipal markets remained available due to a reduction in demand nationally for local municipal securities. State and political subdivisions investment securities, which consist primarily of issuers located in the State of Michigan and are general obligations of the issuers, totaled $201.0 million, or 27.0%, of investment securities at December 31, 2010, compared to $124.0 million, or 17.1%, of investment securities at December 31, 2009. The Corporation also invested maturing funds from its investment securities portfolio into corporate bonds during 2010 due to an improvement in that market related to credit risk. The corporate bond portfolio totaled $42.7 million, or 5.7% of investment securities, at December 31, 2010, compared to $19.0 million, or 2.6% of investment securities, at December 31, 2009. The remaining investment securities that matured in 2010 were primarily held in interest bearing deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (FRB) due to the lack of investment options that meet the Corporation’s investment strategy, which is primarily centered on investing in relatively short-term investment securities with average maturities of two years or less or variable rate investment securities with limited exposure to credit risk.
 
The Corporation records all investment securities in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities (ASC 320), under which the Corporation is required to assess equity and debt securities that have fair values below their amortized cost basis to determine whether the decline (impairment) is other-than-temporary. An assessment is performed quarterly by the Corporation to determine whether unrealized losses in its investment securities portfolio are temporary or other-than-temporary by carefully considering all available information. The Corporation reviews factors such as financial statements, credit ratings, news releases and other pertinent information of the underlying issuer or company to make its determination.
 
Effective April 1, 2009, in accordance with FASB Staff Position FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (later codified in ASC 320), if the Corporation intends to sell a security or it is more-likely- than-not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost, an other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Corporation does not intend to sell a security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Corporation would be required to sell a security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, then the recognition of the impairment is bifurcated. For a security where the impairment is bifurcated, the impairment is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. Prior to April 1, 2009, all declines in fair value deemed to be other-than-temporary were reflected in earnings as realized losses. In assessing whether OTTI exists, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry or sub-sector and (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographical locations.
 
The Corporation’s investment securities portfolio with a carrying value of $744.0 million at December 31, 2010, had gross impairment of $9.4 million at that date. Management believed that the unrealized losses on investment securities were temporary in nature and due primarily to changes in interest rates on the investment securities and market illiquidity and not as a result of credit-related issues. Accordingly, at December 31, 2010, the Corporation believed the impairment in its investment securities portfolio was temporary in nature and, therefore, no impairment loss was realized in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income for 2010.


13


Table of Contents

However, due to market and economic conditions, OTTI may occur as a result of material declines in the fair value of investment securities in the future. A further discussion of the assessment of potential impairment and the Corporation’s process that resulted in the conclusion that the impairment was temporary in nature follows.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s investment securities portfolio included government sponsored agencies securities with gross impairment of $0.04 million, state and political subdivisions securities with gross impairment of $1.99 million, residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, combined, with gross impairment of $0.38 million, corporate bonds with gross impairment of $0.47 million and trust preferred securities with gross impairment of $6.56 million. The amortized costs and fair values of investment securities are disclosed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
The government sponsored agencies securities, included in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio, had an amortized cost totaling $117.2 million, with gross impairment of $0.04 million, at December 31, 2010. This gross impairment was attributable to impaired government sponsored agencies securities with an amortized cost of $20.2 million. All of the impaired investment securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The Corporation determined that the impairment on these investment securities was attributable to the recent increase in interest rates for these investments and was temporary in nature at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s government sponsored agencies securities included $48.9 million of senior bonds at fair value that were issued by the twelve FHLBanks. There was no impairment in these FHLBanks’ investment securities at December 31, 2010. FHLBanks are government-sponsored enterprises created by Congress to ensure access to low-cost funding for their member financial institutions. FHLBanks overall experienced declines in profitability during the fourth quarter of 2008 and first quarter of 2009, primarily due to a number of the FHLBanks incurring significant OTTI losses on their portfolios of private-label residential mortgage-backed securities and home equity loans due to the dramatic decline in interest rates that occurred in 2008. However, the capital of FHLBanks improved throughout 2009 and by September 30, 2009, the FHLBanks were categorized as well-capitalized under applicable regulatory requirements and continued to be well-capitalized in 2010.
 
The state and political subdivisions securities, included in the available-for-sale and the held-to-maturity investment securities portfolios, had an amortized cost totaling $200.9 million, with gross impairment of $1.99 million, at December 31, 2010. The majority of these investment securities are from issuers primarily located in the State of Michigan and are general obligations of the issuer, meaning that the Corporation has the first claim on taxes collected for the repayment of the investment securities. The gross impairment of $1.99 million at December 31, 2010 was attributable to $77.7 million of investment securities at amortized cost, with two-thirds of these investment securities maturing beyond 2013. The Corporation determined that the impairment of $1.99 million at December 31, 2010 was attributable to the recent change in market interest rates for these investment securities and the market’s perception of the Michigan economy causing illiquidity in the market for these investment securities. The Corporation determined that the impairment on these investment securities at December 31, 2010 was temporary in nature.
 
The residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, included in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio, had a combined amortized cost of $365.9 million, with gross impairment of $0.38 million, at December 31, 2010. Virtually all of the impaired investment securities in these two categories are backed by a guarantee of a U.S. government agency or government sponsored enterprise and are AAA rated. The Corporation assessed the impairment on these investment securities and determined that the impairment was attributable to the low level of market interest rates and the volatility of prepayment speeds and that the impairment on these investment securities at December 31, 2010 was temporary in nature.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s corporate bond portfolio, included in the available-for-sale investment securities portfolio, had an amortized cost of $43.1 million, with gross impairment of $0.47 million. All of the corporate bonds held at December 31, 2010 were of an investment grade, except a single issue investment security of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (Lehman) and a corporate bond of American General Finance Corporation (AGFC). During the third quarter of 2008, the Corporation recognized an OTTI loss of $0.4 million related to the write-down of the Lehman bond to fair value as the impairment was deemed to be other-than-temporary and entirely credit related. The Corporation’s remaining amortized cost of the Lehman bond was less than $0.1 million at December 31, 2010. AGFC was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fortress Investment Group, LLC, which was rated BBB by Fitch at December 31, 2010. AGFC had previously been owned by American General Finance Inc. (AGFI), which was wholly-owned indirectly by American International Group (AIG). At December 31, 2010, the AGFC corporate bond had an amortized cost of $2.5 million with gross impairment of $0.15 million and a maturity date of December 15, 2011. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s assessment was that it was probable that it would collect all of the contractual amounts due on the AGFC corporate bond. The impairment at December 31, 2010 on the AGFC corporate bond of $0.15 million improved from $0.46 million of impairment at December 31, 2009. Ratings from Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch were B2, BB+ and BB, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The investment grade ratings obtained for the balance of the corporate bond portfolio, with a gross impairment of $0.32 million at December 31, 2010, indicated that the obligors’ capacities to meet their financial commitments was “strong.” The Corporation assessed the gross impairment of $0.47 million on the corporate bond portfolio at December 31, 2010 and determined that the impairment was attributable to the low level of market interest rates, and not due to credit-related issues, and that the impairment on the corporate bond portfolio at December 31, 2010 was temporary in nature.


14


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2010, the Corporation held two TRUPs in the held-to-maturity investment securities portfolio, with a combined amortized cost of $10.5 million that had gross impairment of $6.56 million. One TRUP, with an amortized cost of $10.0 million, represented a 100% interest in a TRUP of a small non-public bank holding company in Michigan that was purchased in the second quarter of 2008. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation determined that the fair value of this TRUP was $3.80 million. The second TRUP, with an amortized cost of $0.5 million, represented a 10% interest in the TRUP of another small non-public bank holding company in Michigan. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation determined the fair value of this TRUP was $0.14 million. The fair value measurements of the two TRUP investments were developed based upon market pricing observations of much larger banking institutions in an illiquid market adjusted by risk measurements. The fair values of the TRUPs were based on calculations of discounted cash flows, and further based upon both observable inputs and appropriate risk adjustments that market participants would make for performance, liquidity and issuer specifics. See the additional discussion of the development of the fair values of the TRUPs in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Management reviewed financial information of the issuers of the TRUPs at December 31, 2010. Based on this review, the Corporation concluded that the significant decline in fair values of the TRUPs, compared to their amortized cost, was not attributable to materially adverse conditions specifically related to the issuers. The issuer of the $10.0 million TRUP reported net income in each of the three years ended December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, the issuer was categorized as well-capitalized under applicable regulatory requirements and had a liquidity position which included over $100 million in investment securities held as available-for-sale. Based on the Corporation’s analysis at December 31, 2010, it was the Corporation’s opinion that this issuer appeared to be a financially sound financial institution with sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations in 2011. This TRUP is not independently rated. Bank industry ratings as of September 30, 2010, obtained from Bauer Financial at www.bauerfinancial.com (Bauer) for subsidiaries of this issuer were rated good and excellent. Common stock cash dividends were paid throughout 2010 and 2009 by the issuer and the Corporation understands that the issuer’s management anticipates cash dividends to continue to be paid in the future. All scheduled interest payments on this TRUP were made on a timely basis in 2009 and 2010. The principal of $10.0 million of this TRUP matures in 2038, with interest payments due quarterly.
 
Based on the information provided by the issuer of the $10.0 million TRUP, it was the Corporation’s opinion that, as of December 31, 2010, there had been no material adverse changes in the issuer’s financial performance since the TRUP was issued and purchased by the Corporation and no indication that any material adverse trends were developing that would suggest that the issuer would be unable to make all future principal and interest payments under the TRUP. Further, based on the information provided by the issuer, the issuer appeared to be a financially viable financial institution with both the credit quality and liquidity necessary to meet its financial obligations in 2011. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation was not aware of any regulatory issues, memorandums of understanding or cease and desist orders that had been issued to the issuer or its subsidiaries. In reviewing all available information regarding the issuer, including past performance and its financial and liquidity position, it was the Corporation’s opinion that the future cash flows of the issuer supported the carrying value of the TRUP at its original cost of $10.0 million at December 31, 2010. While the total fair value of the TRUP was $6.2 million below the Corporation’s amortized cost at December 31, 2010, it was the Corporation’s assessment that, based on the overall financial condition of the issuer, the impairment was temporary in nature at December 31, 2010.
 
The issuer of the $0.5 million TRUP reported a net loss in 2010 that was significantly greater than a small net loss reported in 2009. At December 31, 2010, the issuer was categorized as well-capitalized under applicable regulatory requirements and its subsidiary bank was rated adequate by Bauer based on September 30, 2010 financial data. All scheduled interest payments on this TRUP were made on a timely basis in 2010 and 2009. The principal of $0.5 million of this TRUP matures in 2033, with interest payments due quarterly. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation was not aware of any regulatory issues, memorandums of understanding or cease and desist orders that had been issued to the issuer of this TRUP or any subsidiary. In reviewing all financial information regarding the $0.5 million TRUP, it was the Corporation’s opinion that the carrying value of this TRUP at its original cost of $0.5 million was supported by the issuer’s financial position at December 31, 2010, even though the fair value of the TRUP was $0.3 million below the Corporation’s amortized cost at December 31, 2010. It was the Corporation’s assessment that the impairment was temporary in nature at December 31, 2010.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation expected to fully recover the entire amortized cost basis of each impaired investment security in its investment securities portfolio at that date. Furthermore, at December 31, 2010, the Corporation did not have the intent to sell any of its impaired investment securities and believed that it was more likely-than-not that the Corporation would not have to sell any of its impaired investment securities before a full recovery of amortized cost. However, there can be no assurance that OTTI losses will not be recognized on the TRUPs or on any other investment security in the future.
 
The Corporation did not realize any investment securities impairment losses in 2010 or 2009. In 2008, the Corporation recorded a $0.4 million loss related to the write-down of a specific investment debt security to fair value as the impairment was deemed to be other-than-temporary in nature and entirely credit related.


15


Table of Contents

LOANS
 
Chemical Bank is a full-service commercial bank and, therefore, the acceptance and management of credit risk is an integral part of the Corporation’s business. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s loan portfolio was $3.68 billion and consisted of loans to commercial borrowers (commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development) totaling $2.04 billion, or 55.4% of total loans, loans to borrowers for the purpose of acquiring residential real estate totaling $798 million, or 21.7% of total loans, and loans to consumer borrowers secured by various types of collateral totaling $845 million, or 22.9% of total loans, at that date. Loans at fixed interest rates comprised approximately 72% of the Corporation’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 80% at December 31, 2009.
 
The Corporation maintains loan policies and credit underwriting standards as part of the process of managing credit risk. These standards include making loans generally only within the Corporation’s market areas. The Corporation’s lending markets generally consist of communities across the middle to southern and western sections of the lower peninsula of Michigan. The Corporation’s lending market areas do not include the southeastern portion of Michigan. The Corporation has no foreign loans or any loans to finance highly leveraged transactions. The Corporation’s lending philosophy is implemented through strong administrative and reporting controls. The Corporation maintains a centralized independent loan review function that monitors the approval process and ongoing asset quality of the loan portfolio.
 
Table 3 includes the composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio, by major loan category, as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
TABLE 3. SUMMARY OF LOANS
 
                                             
    December 31,
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006      
    (In thousands)
 
Distribution of Loans:
                                           
Commercial
  $ 818,997     $ 584,286     $ 587,554     $ 515,319     $ 545,591      
Real estate commercial
    1,076,971       785,675       786,404       760,399       726,554      
Real estate construction and land development
    142,620       121,305       119,001       134,828       145,933      
Real estate residential
    798,046       739,380       839,555       838,545       835,263      
Consumer installment and home equity
    845,028       762,514       649,163       550,343       554,319      
                                             
Total loans
  $ 3,681,662     $ 2,993,160     $ 2,981,677     $ 2,799,434     $ 2,807,660      
                                             
 
Table 4 presents the maturity distribution of commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans. These loans totaled $2.04 billion and represented 55% of total loans at December 31, 2010. The percentage of these loans maturing within one year was 41% at December 31, 2010, while the percentage of these loans maturing beyond five years remained low at 6% at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans with maturities beyond one year totaled $1.21 billion and were comprised of 73% of fixed interest rate loans.
 
TABLE 4. COMPARISON OF LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY (Dollars in thousands)
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Due In  
    1 Year
    1 to 5
    Over 5
       
    or Less     Years     Years     Total  
 
Loan Maturities:
                               
Commercial
  $ 489,153     $ 268,481     $ 61,363     $ 818,997  
Real estate commercial
    252,301       766,320       58,350       1,076,971  
Real estate construction and land development
    90,892       47,333       4,395       142,620  
                                 
Total
  $ 832,346     $ 1,082,134     $ 124,108     $ 2,038,588  
                                 
Percent of Total
    41 %     53 %     6 %     100 %
                                 
 


16


Table of Contents

                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Amount     Percent  
 
Interest Sensitivity:
               
Above loans maturing after one year which have:
               
Fixed interest rates
  $ 878,696       73 %
Variable interest rates
    327,546       27  
                 
Total
  $ 1,206,242       100 %
                 
 
Total loans were $3.68 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $689 million, or 23%, from total loans of $2.99 billion at December 31, 2009. Total loans increased $11.5 million, or 0.4%, during 2009, from total loans of $2.98 billion at December 31, 2008. The increase in total loans during 2010 was due primarily to the loans acquired in the acquisition of OAK. In addition, during 2010, the Corporation originated $71 million of fifteen-year fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it held in its portfolio, as opposed to selling them in the secondary market as has been its general practice. At April 30, 2010, OAK’s loan portfolio was recorded by the Corporation at its fair value of $627 million and was comprised of commercial loans totaling $191 million, real estate commercial loans totaling $294 million, real estate construction and land development loans totaling $39 million, real estate residential loans totaling $34 million and consumer installment and home equity loans totaling $69 million. A summary of the Corporation’s loan portfolio by category follows.
 
Commercial loans consist of loans to varying types of businesses, including municipalities, school districts and nonprofit organizations, for the purpose of supporting working capital and operational needs and term financing of equipment. Repayment of such loans is generally provided through operating cash flows of the customer. Commercial loans are generally secured with inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, personal guarantees of the owner or other sources of repayment, although the Corporation may also obtain real estate as collateral.
 
Commercial loans were $819.0 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $234.7 million, or 40.2%, from commercial loans at December 31, 2009 of $584.3 million, with the increase due primarily to the acquisition of OAK. Commercial loans decreased $3.2 million, or 0.6%, during 2009 from commercial loans at December 31, 2008 of $587.5 million. Commercial loans represented 22.2% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 19.5% and 19.7% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Real estate commercial loans include loans that are secured by real estate occupied by the borrower for ongoing operations, non-owner occupied real estate leased to one or more tenants and vacant land that has been acquired for investment or future land development. Real estate commercial loans were $1.08 billion at December 31, 2010, an increase of $291.3 million, or 37.1%, from real estate commercial loans at December 31, 2009 of $785.7 million, with the increase due primarily to the acquisition of OAK. Loans secured by owner occupied properties, non-owner occupied properties and vacant land comprised 63%, 34% and 3%, respectively, of the Corporation’s real estate commercial loans outstanding at December 31, 2010. Real estate commercial loans decreased $0.7 million, or 0.1%, during 2009 from real estate commercial loans at December 31, 2008 of $786.4 million. Real estate commercial loans represented 29.3% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 26.2% and 26.4% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Real estate commercial lending is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk than real estate residential lending and typically involves larger loan balances concentrated in a single borrower. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by income-producing properties and vacant land loans are typically dependent on the success of the operation of the related project and are typically affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the economy.
 
The Corporation generally attempts to mitigate the risks associated with commercial and real estate commercial lending by, among other things, lending primarily in its market areas, lending across industry lines, not developing a concentration in any one line of business and using prudent loan-to-value ratios in the underwriting process. The weakened economy in Michigan has resulted in higher loan delinquencies, customer bankruptcies and real estate foreclosures. Based on current economic conditions in Michigan, management expects real estate foreclosures to remain higher than historical averages. It is also management’s belief that the loan portfolio is generally well-secured, despite declining market values for all types of real estate in the State of Michigan and nationwide.
 
Real estate construction and land development loans are primarily originated for land development and construction of commercial properties. Land development loans include loans made to developers for the purpose of infrastructure improvements to vacant land to create finished marketable residential and commercial lots/land. Real estate construction loans often convert to a real estate commercial loan at the completion of the construction period; however, most land development loans are originated with the intention that the loans will be re-paid through the sale of finished properties by the developers within twelve months of the completion date. Real estate construction and land development loans were $142.6 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of

17


Table of Contents

$21.3 million, or 17.6%, from real estate construction and land development loans at December 31, 2009 of $121.3 million, with the increase primarily due to the acquisition of OAK. Real estate construction and land development loans increased $2.3 million, or 1.9%, during 2009 from real estate construction and land development loans of $119.0 million at December 31, 2008. The Corporation’s land development loans totaled $53.4 million and $46.6 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and consisted primarily of loans to develop residential real estate. Real estate construction and land development loans represented 3.9% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 4.1% and 4.0% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Real estate construction lending involves a higher degree of risk than real estate commercial lending and real estate residential lending because of the uncertainties of construction, including the possibility of costs exceeding the initial estimates, the need to obtain a tenant or purchaser of the property if it will not be owner-occupied or the need to sell developed properties. The Corporation generally attempts to mitigate the risks associated with construction lending by, among other things, lending primarily in its market areas, using prudent underwriting guidelines and closely monitoring the construction process. The Corporation’s risk in this area has increased since early 2008 due to the recessionary economic environment within the State of Michigan. The sale of lots and units in both residential and commercial development projects remains weak, as customer demand also remains low, resulting in the inventory of unsold lots and housing units remaining high across the State of Michigan. The unfavorable economic environment in Michigan has resulted in the inability of most developers to sell their finished developed lots and units within their original expected time frames. Accordingly, few of the Corporation’s land development borrowers have sold developed lots or units since early 2008 due to the unfavorable economic environment.
 
The Corporation’s commercial loan portfolio, comprised of commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans, is well diversified across business lines and has no concentration in any one industry. The commercial loan portfolio totaling $2.04 billion at December 31, 2010 included 142 loan relationships of $2.5 million or greater. These 142 borrowing relationships totaled $747 million and represented 37% of the commercial loan portfolio at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, 12 of these borrowing relationships had outstanding balances of $10 million or higher, totaling $166 million, or 8%, of the commercial loan portfolio at that date. Further, the Corporation had four loan relationships at December 31, 2010 with loan balances greater than $2.5 million and less than $10 million, totaling $32.2 million, that had unfunded credit amounts that, if advanced, could result in a loan relationship of $10 million or more.
 
Real estate residential loans consist primarily of one- to four-family residential loans with fixed interest rates of fifteen years or less. The Corporation generally sells fixed interest rate real estate residential loans originated with maturities of over fifteen years in the secondary market. The loan-to-value ratio at the time of origination is generally 80% or less. Loans with more than an 80% loan-to-value ratio generally require private mortgage insurance. Real estate residential loans were $798.0 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $58.7 million, or 7.9%, from real estate residential loans at December 31, 2009 of $739.4 million. The increase in real estate residential loans in 2010 was partially due to the acquisition of OAK and partially due to the Corporation electing to hold in its portfolio $71 million of fifteen-year term fixed interest rate real estate residential loans during 2010 that historically have been sold in the secondary market. Real estate residential loans decreased $100.2 million, or 11.9%, during 2009 from real estate residential loans of $839.6 million at December 31, 2008. The decrease in real estate residential loans in 2009 was attributable to both a significant decline in Michigan’s housing market due to the overall economic environment and customers refinancing adjustable rate and balloon mortgages to long-term fixed interest rate loans that the Corporation sold in the secondary market. While real estate residential loans have historically involved the least amount of credit risk in the Corporation’s loan portfolio, the risk on these loans has increased as the unemployment rate has increased and real estate property values have decreased in the State of Michigan. Real estate residential loans also include loans to consumers for the construction of single family residences that are secured by these properties. Real estate residential construction loans to consumers were $15.3 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $22.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $29.2 million at December 31, 2008. Real estate residential loans represented 21.7% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 24.7% and 28.1% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Corporation’s consumer loans consist of relatively small loan amounts to consumers to finance personal items; primarily automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats. These loans are spread across many individual borrowers, which minimizes the risk per loan transaction. Collateral values, particularly those of automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats, are negatively impacted by many factors, such as new car promotions, the physical condition of the collateral and even more significantly, overall economic conditions. Consumer loans also include home equity loans, whereby consumers utilize equity in their personal residence, generally through a second mortgage, as collateral to secure the loan.
 
Consumer installment and home equity loans (consumer loans) were $845.0 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $82.5 million, or 10.8%, from consumer loans at December 31, 2009 of $762.5 million, with the increase due primarily to the acquisition of OAK. Consumer loans increased $113.4 million, or 17.5%, during 2009 from consumer loans of $649.2 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in consumer loans during 2009 was primarily attributable to an increase in indirect consumer loans, due to a combination of an increased sales effort, new technology to support indirect loan application processing and a


18


Table of Contents

reduction in the number of competing lenders. Indirect consumer loans include automobile, recreational vehicle and boat financing purchased from dealerships. At December 31, 2010, approximately 45% of consumer loans were secured by the borrowers’ personal residences (primarily second mortgages), 25% by automobiles, 19% by recreational vehicles, 8% by marine vehicles and the remaining 3% was mostly unsecured. Consumer loans represented 22.9% of the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, compared to 25.5% and 21.8% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Consumer loans generally have shorter terms than residential mortgage loans, but generally involve more credit risk than real estate residential lending because of the type and nature of the collateral. The Corporation originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. Consumer lending collections are dependent on the borrowers’ continuing financial stability and are more likely to be affected by adverse personal situations. Overall, credit risk on these loans has increased as the unemployment rate has increased. The unemployment rate in the State of Michigan was 11.7% at December 31, 2010, down from 14.6% at December 31, 2009, although higher than 10.2% at December 31, 2008 and the national average of 9.4% at December 31, 2010. The Corporation has experienced significant increases in losses on consumer loans, with net loan losses totaling 116 basis points of average consumer loans during 2010, compared to 77 basis points of average consumer loans in 2009 and 71 basis points of average consumer loans in 2008. The credit risk on home equity loans has historically been low as property values of residential real estate have historically increased year over year. However, credit risk has increased since the beginning of 2008 as property values have declined throughout the State of Michigan, thus increasing the risk of insufficient collateral, and in many instances no collateral, as the majority of these loans are secured by a second mortgage on the borrowers’ residences.
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
Nonperforming Assets
 
Nonperforming assets consist of originated loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued, originated loans that are past due as to principal or interest by 90 days or more and are still accruing interest, originated loans which have been modified due to a decline in the credit quality of the borrower (collectively referred to as nonperforming loans or nonperforming loans of the originated portfolio) and assets obtained through foreclosures and repossessions, including foreclosed and repossessed assets acquired as a result of the OAK transaction. The Corporation transfers an originated loan that is 90 days or more past due to nonaccrual status (except for real estate residential loans that are transferred at 120 days past due), unless it believes the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. Accordingly, the Corporation has determined that the collection of accrued and unpaid interest on any originated loan that is 90 days or more past due (120 days or more past due on real estate residential loans) and still accruing interest is probable.
 
Nonperforming assets do not include acquired loans that were not performing in accordance with the loans’ contractual terms. These loans were recorded at their estimated fair value, which included estimated credit losses, at the acquisition date and are considered performing due to the application of ASC 310-30 as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements under the subheading, Loans Acquired in a Business Combination. Accordingly, these acquired loans have been excluded from Table 5 — Nonperforming Assets.
 
Nonperforming assets were $175.2 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $153.3 million at December 31, 2009 and $113.3 million at December 31, 2008, and represented 3.3%, 3.6% and 2.9%, respectively, of total assets. The decrease in this ratio at December 31, 2010 compared to December 31, 2009 was attributable to the acquisition of OAK, which increased total assets $820 million at the acquisition date, with no increase in nonperforming loans, as the acquired loans were recorded at their fair value, which included a discount attributable, in part, to credit quality. It is management’s belief that the elevated levels of nonperforming assets are primarily attributable to the unfavorable economic climate within the State of Michigan, which has resulted in cash flow difficulties being encountered by many business and consumer loan customers. The unemployment rate in Michigan was 11.7% at December 31, 2010, compared to 9.4% nationwide. The Corporation’s nonperforming assets are not concentrated in any one industry or any one geographical area within Michigan, other than $10.2 million in nonperforming land development loans. At December 31, 2010, there were seven commercial loan relationships exceeding $2.5 million, totaling $24.3 million, that were in nonperforming status. Based on declines in both residential and commercial real estate appraised values due to the weakness in the Michigan economy over the past several years, management continues to evaluate and, when appropriate, discount appraised values and obtain new appraisals to compute estimated fair market values of impaired real estate secured loans and other real estate properties. Due to the economic climate within Michigan, it is management’s belief that nonperforming assets will remain at elevated levels throughout 2011.


19


Table of Contents

Table 5 provides a five-year history of nonperforming assets, including the composition of nonperforming loans of the originated portfolio, by major loan category.
 
TABLE 5. NONPERFORMING ASSETS
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual loans(1):
                                       
Commercial
  $ 16,668     $ 19,309     $ 16,324     $ 10,961     $ 4,203  
Real estate commercial
    60,558       49,419       27,344       19,672       9,612  
Real estate construction and land development
    8,967       15,184       15,310       12,979       2,552  
Real estate residential
    12,083       15,508       12,175       8,516       2,887  
Consumer installment and home equity
    4,686       7,169       5,313       3,468       985  
                                         
Total nonaccrual loans
    102,962       106,589       76,466       55,596       20,239  
Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more
as to interest or principal payments:
                                       
Commercial
    530       1,371       1,652       1,958       1,693  
Real estate commercial
    1,350       3,971       9,995       4,170       2,232  
Real estate construction and land development
    1,220       1,990       759             174  
Real estate residential
    3,253       3,614       3,369       1,470       1,158  
Consumer installment and home equity
    1,055       787       1,087       166       1,414  
                                         
Total accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments
    7,408       11,733       16,862       7,764       6,671  
Loans modified under troubled debt restructurings(2):
                                       
Commercial and real estate commercial
    15,057                          
Real estate residential
    22,302       17,433                    
                                         
Total loans modified under troubled debt restructurings
    37,359       17,433                    
                                         
Total nonperforming loans of the originated portfolio
    147,729       135,755       93,328       63,360       26,910  
Other real estate and repossessed assets(3)
    27,510       17,540       19,923       11,132       8,852  
                                         
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 175,239     $ 153,295     $ 113,251     $ 74,492     $ 35,762  
                                         
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total originated loans
    4.72 %     4.54 %     3.13 %     2.26 %     0.96 %
                                         
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets
    3.34 %     3.61 %     2.92 %     1.98 %     0.94 %
                                         
 
(1) There was no interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans in 2010 while they were in nonaccrual status. During 2010, the Corporation recognized $1.1 million of interest income on these loans while they were in an accruing status. Additional interest income of $5.9 million would have been recorded during 2010 on nonaccrual loans had they been current in accordance with their original terms.
 
(2) Interest income of $1.8 million was recorded in 2010 on loans modified under troubled debt restructurings.
 
(3) Includes property acquired through foreclosure and by acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure and other property held for sale, including properties acquired as a result of the OAK transaction.
 
The following schedule provides the composition of nonperforming loans of the originated portfolio, by major loan category, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Percent
          Percent
 
    Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Commercial
  $ 22,511       15 %   $ 20,680       15 %
Real estate commercial
    71,652       49       53,390       39  
Real estate construction and land development
    10,187       7       17,174       13  
                                 
Subtotal
    104,350       71       91,244       67  
Real estate residential
    37,638       25       36,555       27  
Consumer installment and home equity
    5,741       4       7,956       6  
                                 
Total nonperforming loans of originated portfolio
  $ 147,729       100 %   $ 135,755       100 %
                                 


20


Table of Contents

 
Total nonperforming loans of the originated portfolio at December 31, 2010 were $147.7 million, an increase of $11.9 million, or 8.8%, compared to $135.8 million at December 31, 2009. The Corporation’s nonperforming loans to commercial borrowers (commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development) of the originated portfolio, including loans modified under troubled debt restructurings, were $104.4 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $13.2 million, or 14%, from $91.2 million at December 31, 2009. The net increase in nonperforming loans to commercial borrowers of the originated portfolio during 2010 was largely due to an increase in loans modified under troubled debt restructurings. Nonperforming loans to commercial borrowers comprised 71% of total nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010, compared to 67% at December 31, 2009. Likewise, as disclosed in Table 6, the majority of the Corporation’s net loan charge-offs during 2010 occurred within these three commercial loan categories, with 55% of net loan charge-offs during 2010 attributable to commercial borrowers, although down from 75% in 2009. Nonperforming real estate residential loans of the originated portfolio, including loans modified under troubled debt restructurings, were $37.6 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.0 million, or 3.0%, from $36.6 million at December 31, 2009. Nonperforming consumer loans of the originated portfolio were $5.7 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 28%, from $8.0 million at December 31, 2009.
 
The following schedule summarizes changes in nonaccrual loans of the originated portfolio during 2010 and 2009:
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 106,589     $ 76,466  
Additions during period
    85,882       124,403  
Principal balances charged off
    (35,845 )     (36,146 )
Transfers to other real estate/repossessed assets
    (21,534 )     (18,320 )
Return to accrual status
    (9,576 )     (18,174 )
Payments received
    (22,554 )     (21,640 )
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 102,962     $ 106,589  
                 
 
The following schedule presents data related to nonperforming commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans of the originated portfolio by dollar amount as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Number of
          Number of
       
    Borrowers     Amount     Borrowers     Amount  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
$5,000,000 or more
    1     $ 7,227       1     $ 7,532  
$2,500,000 - $4,999,999
    6       17,071       4       11,926  
$1,000,000 - $2,499,999
    18       29,246       17       28,989  
$500,000 - $999,999
    22       14,483       21       14,640  
$250,000 - $499,999
    50       18,188       40       14,042  
Under $250,000
    202       18,135       175       14,115  
                                 
Total
    299     $ 104,350       258     $ 91,244  
                                 
 
Nonperforming commercial loans of the originated portfolio were $22.5 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.8 million, or 8.9%, from $20.7 million at December 31, 2009. The nonperforming commercial loans of the originated portfolio at December 31, 2010 were not concentrated in any single industry and it is management’s belief that the increase from December 31, 2009 was primarily reflective of the unfavorable economic conditions in Michigan.
 
Nonperforming real estate commercial loans of the originated portfolio were $71.7 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $18.3 million, or 34%, from $53.4 million at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s nonperforming real estate commercial loans of the originated portfolio were comprised of $34.6 million of loans secured by owner occupied real estate, $29.4 million of loans secured by non-owner occupied real estate and $7.7 million of loans secured by vacant land, resulting in approximately 6% of owner occupied real estate commercial loans of the originated portfolio, 12% of non-owner occupied real estate commercial loans of the originated portfolio and 29% of vacant land loans of the originated portfolio in a nonperforming status at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s nonperforming real estate commercial loans of the originated portfolio were comprised of a diverse mix of commercial lines of business and were also geographically disbursed throughout the Corporation’s market areas. The largest concentration of the $71.7 million in nonperforming real estate commercial loans of the


21


Table of Contents

originated portfolio at December 31, 2010 was one customer relationship totaling $6.8 million that was secured by a combination of vacant land and non-owner occupied commercial real estate. This same customer relationship had another $0.4 million included in nonperforming real estate construction and land development loans of the originated portfolio. At December 31, 2010, $11.4 million of the nonperforming real estate commercial loans of the originated portfolio were in various stages of foreclosure with 38 borrowers. Challenges remain in the Michigan economy, thus creating a difficult business environment for many lines of business across the state.
 
Nonperforming real estate construction and land development loans of the originated portfolio were $10.2 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $7.0 million, or 41%, from $17.2 million at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, all of the nonperforming real estate construction and land development loans were land development loans secured primarily by residential real estate improved lots and housing units. The $10.2 million of nonperforming loans secured by land development projects represented 29% of total land development loans of the originated portfolio outstanding of $34.7 million at December 31, 2010. The economy in Michigan has adversely impacted housing demand throughout the state and, accordingly, a significant percentage of the Corporation’s residential real estate development borrowers have experienced cash flow difficulties associated with a significant decline in sales of both lots and residential real estate.
 
Nonperforming real estate residential loans of the originated portfolio, including loans modified under troubled debt restructurings, were $37.6 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.0 million, or 3.0%, from $36.6 million at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, a total of $9.7 million of nonperforming real estate residential loans of the originated portfolio were in various stages of foreclosure.
 
Nonperforming consumer loans of the originated portfolio were $5.7 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 28%, from $8.0 million at December 31, 2009. The decrease in nonperforming consumer loans during 2010 was primarily attributable to elevated levels of net loan charge-offs of consumer loans of the originated portfolio, which were $9.0 million during 2010, compared to $5.6 million during 2009.
 
The unfavorable economic climate in Michigan has resulted in an increasing number of both business and consumer customers with cash flow difficulties and thus the inability to maintain their loan balances in a performing status. The Corporation determined that it was probable that certain customers who were past due on their loans, if provided a reduction in their monthly payment for a limited time period, would be able to bring their loan relationship to a performing status and was believed by the Corporation to potentially result in a lower level of loan losses and loan collection costs than if the Corporation currently proceeded through the foreclosure process with these borrowers.
 
The Corporation’s loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-commercial and real estate commercial generally consist of allowing borrowers to defer scheduled principal payments and make interest only payments for a short period of time at the stated interest rate of the original loan agreement or lower payments due to a modification of the loan’s contractual terms. The outstanding balance of these loans was $15.1 million at December 31, 2010. The Corporation does not expect to incur a loss on these loans based on its assessment of the borrowers’ expected cash flows, and accordingly, no additional provision for loan losses has been recognized related to these loans. Additionally, these loans are individually evaluated for impairment and transferred to nonaccrual status when it is probable that any remaining principal and interest payments due on the loan will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan.
 
The Corporation’s loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-real estate residential generally consist of reducing a borrower’s monthly payments by decreasing the interest rate charged on the loan to 3% for a specified period of time (generally 24 months). The outstanding loan balance of these loans was $22.3 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $17.4 million at December 31, 2009. All loans reported as loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-real estate residential will remain in nonperforming status until a sustained payment history has been observed. The Corporation recognized $0.6 million and $0.8 million of additional provision for loan losses during 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to impairment on these loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. These loans are moved to nonaccrual status when the loan becomes ninety days past due as to principal or interest and sooner if conditions warrant.
 
Other real estate and repossessed assets is a component of nonperforming assets that includes residential and commercial real estate and development properties acquired through foreclosure or by acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and also other personal and commercial assets. Other real estate and repossessed assets were $27.5 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $10.0 million, or 57%, from $17.5 million at December 31, 2009. The increase from December 31, 2009 was partially attributable to $2.7 million of other real estate and $0.2 million of repossessed assets acquired in the OAK acquisition at the acquisition date. The increase was also attributable to the foreclosure and transfer into other real estate of one real estate commercial loan acquired in the OAK acquisition with a carrying value of $4.3 million.


22


Table of Contents

The following schedule provides the composition of other real estate and repossessed assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Other real estate:
               
Vacant land
  $ 9,149     $ 3,427  
Commercial properties
    8,604       4,160  
Residential real estate properties
    6,189       7,384  
Residential development properties
    3,035       2,277  
                 
Total other real estate
    26,977       17,248  
Repossessed assets
    533       292  
                 
Total other real estate and repossessed assets
  $ 27,510     $ 17,540  
                 
 
The following schedule summarizes other real estate and repossessed asset activity during 2010 and 2009:
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 17,540     $ 19,923  
Additions attributable to OAK acquisition
    2,907        
Other additions
    26,429       18,320  
Write-downs to fair value
    (2,694 )     (4,722 )
Dispositions
    (16,672 )     (15,981 )
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 27,510     $ 17,540  
                 
 
The historically large inventory of real estate properties for sale across the State of Michigan has resulted in an increase in the Corporation’s carrying time and cost of holding other real estate. Consequently, the Corporation had $8.9 million in real estate properties at December 31, 2010 that had been held in excess of one year as of that date, of which $2.9 million was vacant land, $2.1 million were commercial properties, $2.6 million were residential real estate properties and $1.3 million were residential development properties. Due to the redemption period on foreclosures being relatively long in Michigan (six months to one year) and the Corporation having a significant number of nonperforming loans that were in the process of foreclosure at December 31, 2010, it is anticipated that the level of other real estate will remain at elevated levels throughout 2011. Other real estate properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell.
 
At December 31, 2010, all of the other real estate properties had been written down to fair value through a charge-off at the transfer of the loan to other real estate, a write-down recorded as an operating expense to recognize a further market value decline of the property after the initial transfer date or a recording at fair value in conjunction with the OAK acquisition. Accordingly, at December 31, 2010, the carrying value of other real estate of $27.0 million, was reflective of $35.7 million in charge-offs, write-downs or fair value adjustments, and represented 43% of the contractual loan balance remaining at the time the property was transferred to other real estate.
 
During 2010, the Corporation sold 185 pieces of other real estate properties for net proceeds of $14.5 million. On an average basis, the net proceeds from these sales represented 110% of the carrying value of the property at the time of sale, although the net proceeds represented 56% of the remaining loan balance at the time the Corporation received title to the properties.
 
As previously discussed, due to the application of ASC 310-30, nonperforming assets at December 31, 2010 did not include acquired loans totaling $21.4 million that were not performing in accordance with the loan’s original contractual terms due to a market interest yield recognized on these loans in interest income during 2010. Additionally, the risk of credit loss at the acquisition date was recognized as part of the fair value adjustment. These loans are included in the Corporation’s impaired loan schedule in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.


23


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans
 
A loan is considered impaired when management determines it is probable that all of the principal and interest due will not be collected according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Corporation has determined that all of its nonaccrual loans and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings meet the definition of an impaired loan. Acquired loans that meet the definition of an impaired loan are included even though the amortization of the accretable yield results in interest income recognition on these loans. In most instances, impairment is measured based on the fair market value of the underlying collateral. It is the Corporation’s general policy to, at least annually, obtain new appraisals on impaired commercial and real estate commercial loans that are secured by real estate. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had a current appraisal on approximately 90% of impaired loans, with 50% of these appraisals being performed during the second half of 2010. Impairment may also be measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. A portion of the allowance for loan losses may be specifically allocated to impaired loans.
 
Impaired loans totaled $161.7 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $37.7 million, or 30%, compared to $124.0 million at December 31, 2009. Impaired loans increased $47.5 million, or 62%, during 2009 from $76.5 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in impaired loans during 2010 was due to increases in the amount of loans modified under troubled debt restructurings and loans acquired in the acquisition of OAK that were not performing in accordance with the loans’ contractual terms. Impaired loans at December 31, 2010 included $21.4 million of loans acquired in the OAK acquisition that were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. After analyzing the various components of the customer relationships and evaluating the underlying collateral of impaired loans, it was determined that impaired commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans totaling $44.9 million at December 31, 2010 required a specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses (valuation allowance), compared to $38.2 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2009 and $30.3 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2008. The valuation allowance on these impaired loans was $15.0 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $10.5 million at December 31, 2009 and $9.2 million at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-real estate residential of $22.3 million and $17.4 million, respectively, also required a valuation allowance of $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-commercial and real estate commercial of $15.1 million at December 31, 2010 did not require a valuation allowance as the Corporation expects to collect the full principal and interest owed on each loan. At December 31, 2010, there was no valuation allowance required on impaired loans acquired in the OAK acquisition. The process of measuring impaired loans and the allocation of the allowance for loan losses requires judgment and estimation. The eventual outcome may differ from the estimates used on these loans. A discussion of the allowance for loan losses is included under the subheading, “Allowance for Loan Losses,” below.


24


Table of Contents

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
The allowance for loan losses (allowance) provides for probable losses in the originated loan portfolio that have been identified with specific customer relationships and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the remainder of the originated loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified. The allowance is comprised of specific allowances (assessed for originated loans that have known credit weaknesses), pooled allowances based on assigned risk ratings and historical loan loss experience for each loan type, and an unallocated allowance for imprecision in the subjective nature of the specific and pooled allowance methodology. Management evaluates the allowance on a quarterly basis in an effort to ensure the level is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. This evaluation process is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that may be susceptible to significant change and has the potential to affect net income materially. The Corporation’s methodology for measuring the adequacy of the allowance includes several key elements, which includes a review of the loan portfolio, both individually and by category, and includes consideration of changes in the mix and volume of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, review of collateral values, the financial condition of the borrowers, industry and geographical exposures within the portfolio, economic conditions and employment levels of the Corporation’s local markets and other factors affecting business sectors. Management believes that the allowance is currently maintained at an appropriate level, considering the inherent risk in the loan portfolio. Future significant adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to changes in economic conditions, delinquencies or the level of loan losses incurred. Further discussion of the Corporation’s methodology used to determine the allowance is included in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
The Corporation’s allowance at December 31, 2010 did not include losses inherent in the acquired loan portfolio, as an allowance was not carried over on the date of acquisition. The acquired loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, with the estimated fair value including a component for expected credit losses. A portion of the allowance, however, may be set aside in the future, related to the acquired loans, if an acquired loan pool experiences a decrease in expected cash flows as compared to those expected at the acquisition date. An allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans was not required at December 31, 2010 due to no material changes in expected cash flows since the date of acquisition.
 
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the last five years is included in Table 6.
 
TABLE 6. ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 80,841     $ 57,056     $ 39,422     $ 34,098     $ 34,148  
Provision for loan losses
    45,600       59,000       49,200       11,500       5,200  
Loan charge-offs:
                                       
Commercial
    (8,430 )     (12,001 )     (16,787 )     (1,622 )     (1,389 )
Real estate commercial
    (10,811 )     (9,231 )     (6,995 )     (1,675 )     (1,564 )
Real estate construction and land development
    (2,544 )     (6,969 )     (2,963 )     (1,272 )     (1,201 )
Real estate residential
    (8,036 )     (3,694 )     (2,458 )     (484 )     (515 )
Consumer installment and home equity
    (10,665 )     (6,791 )     (4,739 )     (1,935 )     (1,976 )
                                         
Total loan charge-offs
    (40,486 )     (38,686 )     (33,942 )     (6,988 )     (6,645 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
                                       
Commercial
    921       904       1,473       249       370  
Real estate commercial
    426       495       131       21       6  
Real estate construction and land development
    20       307       29       30        
Real estate residential
    543       614       160       18       98  
Consumer installment and home equity
    1,665       1,151       583       494       521  
                                         
Total loan recoveries
    3,575       3,471       2,376       812       995  
                                         
Net loan charge-offs
    (36,911 )     (35,215 )     (31,566 )     (6,176 )     (5,650 )
Allowance of branches acquired
                            400  
                                         
Allowance for loan losses at end of year
  $ 89,530     $ 80,841     $ 57,056     $ 39,422     $ 34,098  
                                         
Net loan charge-offs during the year as a percentage of average loans outstanding during the year
    1.07 %     1.18 %     1.10 %     0.22 %     0.20 %
                                         
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total originated loans outstanding at end of year
    2.86 %     2.70 %     1.91 %     1.41 %     1.21 %
                                         
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming originated loans outstanding at end of year
    61 %     60 %     61 %     62 %     127 %
                                         


25


Table of Contents

 
The Corporation’s allowance was $89.5 million at December 31, 2010, compared to $80.8 million at December 31, 2009 and $57.1 million at December 31, 2008. The allowance as a percentage of originated loans was 2.86% at December 31, 2010, compared to 2.70% at December 31, 2009 and 1.91% at December 31, 2008. The allowance as a percentage of nonperforming originated loans was 61% at December 31, 2010, compared to 60% at December 31, 2009 and 61% at December 31, 2008.
 
The allocation of the allowance in Table 7 is based upon ranges of estimates and is not intended to imply either limitations on the usage of the allowance or exactness of the specific amounts. The entire allowance is available to absorb future loan losses without regard to the categories in which the loan losses are classified. The allocation of the allowance is based upon a combination of factors, including historical loss factors, credit-risk grading, past-due experiences, and the trends in these, as well as other factors, as discussed above.
 
TABLE 7. ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
                                                                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
          Percent of
                                                 
          Originated
                                                 
          Loans
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
 
          in Each
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
          of Loans
 
          Category
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
          in Each
 
          to Total
          Category
          Category
          Category
          Category
 
    Allowance
    Originated
    Allowance
    to Total
    Allowance
    to Total
    Allowance
    to Total
    Allowance
    to Total
 
Loan Type
  Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Commercial
  $ 22.2       22 %   $ 19.1       20 %   $ 12.3       20 %   $ 9.7       19 %   $ 8.9       19 %
Real estate commercial
    32.6       25       23.9       26       20.3       26       12.8       27       11.4       26  
Real estate construction and land development
    4.6       3       5.7       4       3.8       4       3.0       5       1.8       5  
Real estate residential
    10.8       25       13.1       25       8.0       28       5.5       30       3.6       30  
Consumer installment and home equity
    16.6       25       17.3       25       10.9       22       6.6       19       6.8       20  
Unallocated
    2.7             1.7             1.8             1.8             1.6        
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 89.5       100 %   $ 80.8       100 %   $ 57.1       100 %   $ 39.4       100 %   $ 34.1       100 %
                                                                                 
 
The following schedule summarizes impaired loans to commercial borrowers and the related valuation allowance at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and partial loan charge-offs taken on these impaired loans (confirmed losses):
 
                                 
          Valuation
    Confirmed
    Cumulative
 
    Amount     Allowance     Losses     Loss Percentage  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                               
Originated portfolio:
                               
Impaired loans with valuation allowance and no charge-offs
  $ 33,056     $ 12,015     $       36 %
Impaired loans with valuation allowance and charge-offs
    11,795       2,951       1,551       34  
Impaired loans with charge-offs and no valuation allowance
    20,033             18,277       48  
Impaired loans without valuation allowance or charge-offs
    36,366                   0  
                                 
Total impaired loans to commercial borrowers-originated portfolio
    101,250     $ 14,966     $ 19,828       29 %
                                 
Impaired acquired loans
    21,385                          
                                 
Total impaired loans to commercial borrowers
  $ 122,635                          
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
Impaired loans with valuation allowance and no charge-offs
  $ 33,052     $ 10,036     $       30 %
Impaired loans with valuation allowance and charge-offs
    5,165       471       908       23  
Impaired loans with charge-offs and no valuation allowance
    20,800             17,084       45  
Impaired loans without valuation allowance or charge-offs
    24,895                   0  
                                 
Total impaired loans to commercial borrowers
  $ 83,912     $ 10,507     $ 17,992       28 %
                                 
 
Confirmed losses represent partial loan charge-offs on impaired loans due to the receipt of a recent third-party property appraisal indicating the value of the collateral securing the loan is below the loan balance and management believes the full collection of the loan balance is not likely.
 
The Corporation’s valuation allowance for impaired commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans was $15.0 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $4.5 million from $10.5 million at December 31, 2009. The increase in the valuation allowance is reflective of continued declines in collateral values during 2010. Additionally, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation had a valuation allowance attributable to loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-real estate residential of $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively.


26


Table of Contents

The following schedule summarizes the allowance as a percentage of nonperforming originated loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 89,530     $ 80,841  
Nonperforming originated loans
    147,729       135,755  
Allowance as a percent of nonperforming originated loans
    61 %     60 %
Allowance as a percent of nonperforming originated loans, net of impaired originated loans for which the full loss has been charged-off
    79 %     70 %
 
Economic conditions in the Corporation’s markets, all within Michigan, were generally less favorable than those nationwide during 2010. Economic challenges remain in Michigan and are expected to continue in 2011. Accordingly, management believes net loan losses, delinquencies and nonperforming loans will remain at elevated levels during 2011.
 
DEPOSITS
 
Total deposits at December 31, 2010 were $4.33 billion, an increase of $914 million, or 27%, from total deposits at December 31, 2009 of $3.42 billion. Total deposits increased $439 million, or 15%, during 2009. The increase in total deposits in 2010 was primarily attributable to $693 million of deposits acquired in the OAK transaction at the acquisition date. In addition to the increase in deposits related to the OAK acquisition, the Corporation experienced an increase in customer deposits of $221 million.
 
The Corporation’s average deposit balances and average rates paid on deposits for the past three years are included in Table 9. Average total deposits in 2010 were $4.02 billion, an increase of $821.8 million, or 25.7%, over average deposits in 2009. Average total deposits in 2009 were $3.20 billion, an increase of $271.1 million, or 9.3%, over average deposits in 2008. There was no significant change in the mix of average deposits during 2010 or 2009. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had $163.3 million in brokered deposits that were acquired in the OAK acquisition. The Corporation intends to use its excess liquidity to pay off brokered deposits as they mature with $85.5 million, $36.3 million, $34.3 million and $7.2 million of brokered deposits maturing in 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and thereafter, respectively. The Corporation did not have any brokered deposits at December 31, 2009 or 2008.
 
It is the Corporation’s strategy to develop customer relationships that will drive core deposit growth and stability. While competition for core deposits remained strong throughout the Corporation’s markets, the Corporation’s increased efforts to expand its deposit relationships with existing customers, the Corporation’s financial strength and a general trend in customers holding more liquid assets, resulted in the Corporation experiencing a significant increase in deposits during 2010.
 
The growth of the Corporation’s deposits can be impacted by competition from other investment products, such as mutual funds and various annuity products. These investment products are sold by a wide spectrum of organizations, such as brokerage and insurance companies, as well as by financial institutions. The Corporation also competes with credit unions in most of its markets. These institutions are challenging competitors, as credit unions are exempt from federal income taxes, allowing them to potentially offer higher deposit rates and lower loan rates to customers.
 
In response to the competition for other investment products, Chemical Bank, through its Chemical Financial Advisor program, offers a wide array of mutual funds, annuity products and marketable securities through an alliance with an independent, registered broker/dealer. During 2010 and 2009, customers purchased $88.8 million and $110.0 million, respectively, of annuity products, mutual fund and other investments through the Chemical Financial Advisor program.


27


Table of Contents

Table 8 presents the maturity distribution of time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2010. Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $508.2 million and represented 11.7% of total deposits at December 31, 2010.
 
TABLE 8. MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE
 
                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Maturity:
               
Within 3 months
  $ 129,989       26 %
After 3 but within 6 months
    67,330       13  
After 6 but within 12 months
    111,903       22  
After 12 months
    198,974       39  
                 
Total
  $ 508,196       100 %
                 
 
BORROWED FUNDS
 
Borrowed funds include short-term borrowings and long-term FHLB advances. Short-term borrowings are comprised of securities sold under agreements to repurchase with customers and short-term FHLB advances that have original maturities of one year or less. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are funds deposited by customers that were exchanged for investment securities that are owned by Chemical Bank, as these deposits are not covered by FDIC insurance. These funds have been a stable source of liquidity for Chemical Bank, much like its core deposit base. Short-term FHLB advances are generally used to fund short-term liquidity needs. FHLB advances, both short-term and long-term, are secured under a blanket security agreement of real estate residential first lien loans with an aggregate book value equal to at least 155% of the advances and FHLB stock owned by the Corporation. Short-term borrowings are highly interest rate sensitive. Total short-term borrowings were $242.7 million at December 31, 2010, $240.6 million at December 31, 2009 and $233.7 million at December 31, 2008 and were comprised solely of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at these dates. A summary of short-term borrowings for 2010, 2009 and 2008 is included in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Long-term borrowings, comprised solely of FHLB advances, were $74.1 million at December 31, 2010 and $90.0 million at December 31, 2009. Long-term FHLB advances are borrowings that are generally used to fund loans and a portion of the investment securities portfolio. At December 31, 2010, long-term FHLB advances that will mature in 2011 totaled $31.1 million. A summary of FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is included in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.


28


Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND CREDIT RELATED COMMITMENTS
 
The Corporation has various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments, which may require future cash payments. The following schedule summarizes the Corporation’s noncancelable contractual obligations and future required minimum payments at December 31, 2010. Refer to Notes 9, 10, 11 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of these contractual obligations.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
                                         
    December 31, 2010  
    Minimum Payments Due by Period  
    Less than
                More than
       
    1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deposits with no stated maturity*
  $ 2,738,719     $     $     $     $ 2,738,719  
Certificates of deposit with a stated maturity*
    909,078       491,721       102,610       89,637       1,593,046  
Short-term borrowings*
    242,703                         242,703  
FHLB advances — long-term*
    31,073       36,792       6,265             74,130  
Commitment to fund low income housing partnerships
    3,323       599       69       81       4,072  
Commitment to fund a private equity capital investment
    880                         880  
Operating leases and noncancelable contracts
    7,884       9,646       540             18,070  
                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 3,933,660     $ 538,758     $ 109,484     $ 89,718     $ 4,671,620  
                                         
 
* Deposits and borrowings exclude accrued interest.
 
The Corporation also has credit related commitments that may impact liquidity. The following schedule summarizes the Corporation’s credit related commitments and expiration dates by period at December 31, 2010. Since many of these commitments historically have expired without being drawn upon, the total amount of these commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the Corporation. Refer to Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of these obligations.
 
Credit Related Commitments
 
                                         
    December 31, 2010  
    Expiration Dates by Period  
    Less than
                More than
       
    1 year     1-3 years     3-5 years     5 years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Unused commitments to extend credit
  $ 407,881     $ 72,259     $ 72,956     $ 71,164     $ 624,260  
Loan commitments
    159,040                         159,040  
Standby letters of credit
    39,364       1,693       3,784       10       44,851  
                                         
Total credit related commitments
  $ 606,285     $ 73,952     $ 76,740     $ 71,174     $ 828,151  
                                         
 
CASH DIVIDENDS
 
The Corporation’s annual cash dividends paid per common share over the past five years were as follows:
 
                                         
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
 
Annual Cash Dividend (per common share)
  $ 0.80     $ 1.18     $ 1.18     $ 1.14     $ 1.10  
 
The Corporation has paid regular cash dividends every quarter since it began operating as a bank holding company in 1973. The earnings of Chemical Bank have been the principal source of funds to pay cash dividends to shareholders. Over the long-term, cash dividends to shareholders are dependent upon earnings, as well as capital requirements, regulatory restraints and other factors affecting Chemical Bank.


29


Table of Contents

CAPITAL
 
Capital supports current operations and provides the foundation for future growth and expansion. Total shareholders’ equity was $560.1 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $85.8 million, or 18.1%, from total shareholders’ equity of $474.3 million at December 31, 2009. The significant increase in shareholders’ equity during 2010 was attributable to the issuance of approximately 3.5 million shares of common stock related to the OAK acquisition on April 30, 2010, which increased shareholders’ equity by $83.7 million. Book value per common share at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $20.41 and $19.85, respectively.
 
Shareholders’ equity decreased $17.2 million in 2009, with $18.2 million of the decrease attributable to cash dividends paid to shareholders exceeding net income of the Corporation.
 
The ratio of shareholders’ equity to total assets was 10.7% at December 31, 2010, compared to 11.2% at December 31, 2009 and 12.7% at December 31, 2008. The Corporation’s tangible equity to assets ratio was 8.6%, 9.6% and 11.0% at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Under the regulatory “risk-based” capital guidelines in effect for both banks and bank holding companies, minimum capital levels are based upon perceived risk in the Corporation’s various asset categories. These guidelines assign risk weights to on- and off-balance sheet items in arriving at total risk-adjusted assets. Regulatory capital is divided by the computed total of risk-adjusted assets to arrive at the risk-based capital ratios.
 
The Corporation continues to maintain a strong capital position which significantly exceeded the minimum levels prescribed by the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2010, as shown in the following schedule:
 
                         
    December 31, 2010
        Risk-Based
    Leverage
  Capital Ratios
    Ratio   Tier 1   Total
 
Chemical Financial Corporation’s capital ratios
    8.4 %     11.6 %     12.9 %
Chemical Bank’s capital ratios
    8.2       11.4       12.7  
Regulatory capital ratios — minimum requirements
    4.0       4.0       8.0  
 
As of December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the minimum required for an institution to be categorized as well-capitalized, as defined by applicable regulatory requirements. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the Corporation’s and Chemical Bank’s regulatory capital ratios.
 
From time to time, the board of directors of the Corporation approves common stock repurchase programs allowing management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock in the open market. The repurchased shares are available for later reissuance in connection with potential future stock dividends, the Corporation’s dividend reinvestment plan, employee benefit plans and other general corporate purposes. Under these programs, the timing and actual number of shares subject to repurchase are at the discretion of management and are contingent on a number of factors, including the projected parent company cash flow requirements and the Corporation’s share price.
 
In January 2008, the board of directors of the Corporation authorized management to repurchase up to 500,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock under a stock repurchase program. Since the January 2008 authorization, no shares have been repurchased. At December 31, 2010, there were 500,000 remaining shares available for repurchase under the Corporation’s stock repurchase programs.
 
During 2008, 38,416 shares of the Corporation’s common stock were delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee stock options. The Corporation’s stock compensation plans permit employees to use stock to satisfy such obligations based on the market value of the stock on the date of exercise. There was no such activity during 2010 or 2009.


30


Table of Contents

NET INTEREST INCOME
 
Interest income is the total amount earned on funds invested in loans, investment and other securities, federal funds sold and other interest-bearing deposits with unaffiliated banks and others. Interest expense is the amount of interest paid on interest-bearing checking and savings accounts, time deposits, short-term borrowings and FHLB advances. Net interest income, on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis, is the difference between interest income and interest expense adjusted for the tax benefit received on tax-exempt commercial loans and investment securities. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income (FTE) by average interest-earning assets. Net interest spread is the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, or free funds (principally demand deposits and shareholders’ equity), also support earning assets, the net interest margin exceeds the net interest spread.
 
Net interest income (FTE) in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $175.5 million, $150.3 million and $147.6 million, respectively. The presentation of net interest income on a FTE basis is not in accordance with GAAP but is customary in the banking industry. This non-GAAP measure ensures comparability of net interest income arising from both taxable and tax-exempt loans and investment securities. The adjustments to determine tax equivalent net interest income were $4.35 million, $2.90 million and $2.37 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These adjustments were computed using a 35% federal income tax rate. The increase in 2010 was attributable to higher interest income on tax-exempt loans and securities.
 
Net interest income is the most important source of the Corporation’s earnings and thus is critical in evaluating the results of operations. Changes in the Corporation’s net interest income are influenced by a variety of factors, including changes in the level and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the level and direction of interest rates, the difference between short-term and long-term interest rates (the steepness of the yield curve) and the general strength of the economies in the Corporation’s markets. Risk management plays an important role in the Corporation’s level of net interest income. The ineffective management of credit risk, and more significantly interest rate risk, can adversely impact the Corporation’s net interest income. Management monitors the Corporation’s consolidated statement of financial position to reduce the potential adverse impact on net interest income caused by significant changes in interest rates. The Corporation’s policies in this regard are further discussed under the subheading “Market Risk.”
 
The Federal Reserve influences the general market rates of interest, including the deposit and loan rates offered by many financial institutions. The prime interest rate, which is the rate offered on loans to borrowers with strong credit, began 2008 at 7.25% and decreased 200 basis points in the first quarter of 2008, 25 basis points in the second quarter of 2008 and 175 basis points in the fourth quarter of 2008 to end the year at 3.25%. During 2009 and 2010, the prime interest rate remained at 3.25%.
 
Net interest income (FTE) in 2010 of $175.5 million was $25.2 million, or 16.7%, higher than net interest income (FTE) in 2009 of $150.3 million. The increase in net interest income (FTE) in 2010 primarily resulted from an increase in the average volume of interest-earning assets, which was largely attributable to the acquisition of OAK on April 30, 2010. The average volume of interest-earning assets in 2010 increased $771.0 million, or 20.0%, compared to 2009. Over the same time frame, net interest margin decreased 11 basis points from 3.91% in 2009 to 3.80% in 2010. The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 44 basis points to 4.65% in 2010, from 5.09% in 2009. The declines in net interest margin and the yield on interest-earning assets during 2010, compared to 2009, was partially attributable to the Corporation’s decision to maintain a higher level of liquidity during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. The Corporation’s average cash deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (FRB) during 2010 were $375.4 million, compared to $195.7 million during 2009. These cash deposits earned approximately 25 basis points throughout 2010 and 2009. The decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets was also partially attributable to a reduction in the yield on taxable investment securities to 1.84% in 2010, compared to 2.89% in 2009. The decrease in yield on taxable investment securities was primarily attributable to the Corporation increasing its holdings of variable rate investment securities to lessen the impact on net interest income and the net interest margin of rising interest rates. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation held $325 million in variable rate investment securities, compared to $297 million at December 31, 2009. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 44 basis points to 1.07% in 2010, from 1.51% in 2009. The decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities was attributable to the lag effect of declines in market interest rates beginning in 2008 in addition to the Corporation utilizing its excess liquidity to pay-off maturing higher-rate FHLB advances.
 
Net interest income (FTE) in 2009 of $150.3 million was $2.7 million, or 1.8%, higher than net interest income (FTE) in 2008 of $147.6 million. The increase in net interest income (FTE) in 2009 primarily resulted from an increase in the average volume of interest-earning assets, particularly in investments and loans, that was partially offset by a decrease in net interest margin. The average volume of interest-earning assets in 2009 increased $296.4 million, or 8.3%, compared to 2008. Over the same time frame, net interest margin decreased 25 basis points from 4.16% in 2008 to 3.91% in 2009, with the decline during 2009, compared to 2008, partially attributable to the Corporation’s decision to maintain a higher level of liquidity coupled with a significant increase in nonaccrual loans during 2009. The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 84 basis points to 5.09% in 2009, from 5.93% in 2008. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 82 basis points to 1.51% in 2009 from 2.33% in 2008. The


31


Table of Contents

decreases in the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities were primarily attributable to the lag effect of the decline in market interest rates during 2008. The yield on the loan portfolio and net interest margin were also slightly adversely impacted in 2009 by an increase in nonaccrual loans of $30.1 million, or 39.4%, during the year to $106.6 million at December 31, 2009.
 
The Corporation’s balance sheet has historically been liability sensitive, meaning that interest-bearing liabilities have generally repriced more quickly than interest-earning assets. Therefore, the Corporation’s net interest margin has historically increased in sustained periods of declining interest rates and decreased in sustained periods of increasing interest rates. However, during 2009 and 2010, the Corporation became more asset sensitive as it increased its holdings of variable rate investment securities and cash deposits at the FRB to lessen the impact on net interest income and net interest margin of rising interest rates. At December 31, 2010, approximately 44% of the Corporation’s investment securities were variable rate compared to 41% at December 31, 2009 and 28% at December 31, 2008. In addition, the percentage of variable rate loans in the Corporation’s loan portfolio increased in 2010 due primarily to the acquisition of OAK. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately 28% and 20%, respectively, of the Corporation’s loans were at variable interest rates.
 
The Corporation is primarily funded by core deposits and this lower-cost funding base has historically had a positive impact on the Corporation’s net interest income and net interest margin in a declining interest rate environment. However, based on the historically low level of market interest rates and the Corporation’s current low levels of interest rates on its core deposit transaction accounts, further market interest rate reductions would likely not result in a significant decrease in interest expense.
 
The Corporation’s competitive position within many of its market areas has historically limited its ability to materially increase core deposits without adversely impacting the weighted average cost of the deposit portfolio. While competition for core deposits remained strong throughout the Corporation’s markets during 2010 and 2009, the Corporation experienced increases in deposits during 2010 and 2009 due to the acquisition of OAK in 2010, the Corporation’s increased efforts to expand its deposit relationships with existing customers, the Corporation’s financial strength and a general trend in customers holding more liquid assets in 2009 and 2010. Total deposits increased $913.6 million, or 26.7%, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, and $439.3 million, or 14.7%, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.
 
Table 9 presents for 2010, 2009 and 2008 average daily balances of the Corporation’s major categories of assets and liabilities, interest income and expense on a FTE basis, average interest rates earned and paid on the assets and liabilities, net interest income (FTE), net interest spread and net interest margin.
 
Table 10 allocates the dollar change in net interest income (FTE) between the portion attributable to changes in the average volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, including changes in the mix of assets and liabilities and changes in average interest rates earned and paid.


32


Table of Contents

TABLE 9. AVERAGE BALANCES, TAX EQUIVALENT INTEREST AND EFFECTIVE YIELDS AND RATES* (Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          Tax
    Effective
          Tax
    Effective
          Tax
    Effective
 
    Average
    Equivalent
    Yield/
    Average
    Equivalent
    Yield/
    Average
    Equivalent
    Yield/
 
    Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
 
ASSETS
                                                                       
Interest-Earning Assets:
                                                                       
Loans**
  $ 3,449,562     $ 194,035       5.62 %   $ 2,997,277     $ 173,456       5.79 %   $ 2,873,151     $ 181,568       6.32 %
Taxable investment securities
    618,847       11,363       1.84       532,844       15,385       2.89       511,109       21,793       4.26  
Tax-exempt investment securities
    139,377       7,563       5.43       93,350       5,425       5.81       69,076       4,309       6.24  
Other securities
    25,463       766       3.01       22,128       821       3.71       22,141       1,167       5.27  
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with unaffiliated banks and others
    384,763       1,055       0.27       201,407       541       0.27       75,134       1,865       2.48  
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
    4,618,012       214,782       4.65       3,847,006       195,628       5.09       3,550,611       210,702       5.93  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    88,757                       70,028                       42,185                  
Other Assets:
                                                                       
Cash and cash due from banks
    111,388                       91,829                       96,094                  
Premises and equipment
    63,329                       53,054                       50,222                  
Interest receivable and other assets
    209,338                       144,368                       129,875                  
                                                                         
Total Assets
  $ 4,913,310                     $ 4,066,229                     $ 3,784,617                  
                                                                         
                                                                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                                                        
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
                                                                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 780,889     $ 1,792       0.23 %   $ 559,026     $ 2,538       0.45 %   $ 509,256     $ 5,226       1.03 %
Savings deposits
    1,085,793       4,244       0.39       925,588       6,230       0.67       792,449       10,804       1.36  
Time deposits
    1,481,722       29,859       2.02       1,169,201       30,732       2.63       1,084,531       38,733       3.57  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    249,731       650       0.26       232,185       906       0.39       196,413       2,144       1.09  
FHLB advances — short-term
                                        8,593       79       0.92  
FHLB advances — long-term
    87,051       2,765       3.18       116,050       4,881       4.21       120,171       6,097       5.07  
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    3,685,186       39,310       1.07       3,002,050       45,287       1.51       2,711,413       63,083       2.33  
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    668,826                       541,596                       538,125                  
                                                                         
Total deposits and borrowed funds
    4,354,012                       3,543,646                       3,249,538                  
Interest payable and other liabilities
    28,479                       39,549                       25,979                  
Shareholders’ equity
    530,819                       483,034                       509,100                  
                                                                         
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 4,913,310                     $ 4,066,229                     $ 3,784,617                  
                                                                         
Net Interest Spread (Average yield earned minus average rate paid)
                    3.58 %                     3.58 %                     3.60 %
                                                                         
Net Interest Income (FTE)
          $ 175,472                     $ 150,341                     $ 147,619          
                                                                         
Net Interest Margin
                                                                       
(Net interest income (FTE)/total average interest-earning assets)
                    3.80 %                     3.91 %                     4.16 %
                                                                         
 
* Taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 35%.
 
** Nonaccrual loans and loans held-for-sale are included in average balances reported and are included in the calculation of yields. Also, tax equivalent interest includes net loan fees.


33


Table of Contents

 
TABLE 10. VOLUME AND RATE VARIANCE ANALYSIS* (In thousands)
 
                                                 
    2010 Compared to 2009     2009 Compared to 2008  
    Increase (Decrease)
          Increase (Decrease)
       
    Due to Changes in     Combined
    Due to Changes in     Combined
 
    Average
    Average
    Increase
    Average
    Average
    Increase
 
    Volume**     Yield/Rate**     (Decrease)     Volume**     Yield/Rate**     (Decrease)  
 
Changes in Interest Income on Interest-Earning Assets:
                                               
Loans
  $ 25,386     $ (4,807 )   $ 20,579     $ 7,814     $ (15,926 )   $ (8,112 )
Taxable investment/other securities
    2,327       (6,404 )     (4,077 )     766       (7,520 )     (6,754 )
Tax-exempt investment securities
    2,526       (388 )     2,138       1,436       (320 )     1,116  
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with unaffiliated banks and others
    506       8       514       1,307       (2,631 )     (1,324 )
                                                 
Total change in interest income on interest-earning assets
    30,745       (11,591 )     19,154       11,323       (26,397 )     (15,074 )
                                                 
Changes in Interest Expense on Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
                                               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    799       (1,545 )     (746 )     615       (3,303 )     (2,688 )
Savings deposits
    783       (2,769 )     (1,986 )     1,365       (5,939 )     (4,574 )
Time deposits
    7,148       (8,021 )     (873 )     4,177       (12,178 )     (8,001 )
Short-term borrowings
    64       (320 )     (256 )     255       (1,572 )     (1,317 )
FHLB advances
    (1,067 )     (1,049 )     (2,116 )     (204 )     (1,012 )     (1,216 )
                                                 
Total change in interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities
    7,727       (13,704 )     (5,977 )     6,208       (24,004 )     (17,796 )
                                                 
Total Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income (FTE)
  $ 23,018     $ 2,113     $ 25,131     $ 5,115     $ (2,393 )   $ 2,722  
                                                 
 
* Taxable equivalent basis using a federal income tax rate of 35%.
 
** The change in interest income and interest expense due to both volume and rate has been allocated to the volume and rate change in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of the change in each.
 
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
The provision for loan losses (provision) is an increase to the allowance to provide for probable losses inherent in the originated loan portfolio and for impairment of pools of acquired loans that results from the Corporation experiencing a decrease in cash flows of acquired loans compared to expected cash flows estimated at the acquisition date. The level of the provision reflects management’s assessment of the adequacy of the allowance. The Corporation did not recognize any provision related to the acquired portfolio during 2010 as there have been no significant changes in expected cash flows compared to cash flows estimated at the date of acquisition.
 
The provision was $45.6 million in 2010, $59.0 million in 2009 and $49.2 million in 2008. The Corporation experienced net loan charge-offs of originated loans of $36.9 million in 2010, $35.2 million in 2009 and $31.6 million in 2008. Net loan charge-offs in 2008 included $10.3 million attributable to the identification of a fraudulent loan transaction related to a single borrower for which the Corporation recovered $1.2 million in 2008, $0.3 million in 2009 and $0.2 million in 2010 through the sale of collateral securing the loan. Net loan charge-offs of originated loans as a percentage of average loans were 1.07% in 2010, 1.18% in 2009 and 1.10% in 2008. The level of net loan charge-offs reflects the general deterioration in credit quality across the loan portfolio. Net loan charge-offs of commercial, real estate commercial and real estate construction and land development loans totaled $20.4 million in 2010, compared to $26.5 million in 2009 and $25.1 million in 2008 and represented 55% of total net loan charge-offs during 2010, compared to 75% in 2009 and 80% in 2008. The commercial loan portfolio’s net loan charge-offs in 2010 were not concentrated in any one industry or borrower. Net loan charge-offs of residential real estate and consumer loans totaled $16.5 million in 2010, compared to $8.7 million in 2009 and $6.5 million in 2008.
 
The Corporation’s provision of $45.6 million in 2010 was $8.7 million higher than 2010 net loan charge-offs of $36.9 million, although $13.4 million lower than the provision for loan losses in 2009 of $59.0 million. The level of the provision in 2010 was reflective of the credit quality of the originated portfolio that included slightly higher net loan charge-offs, modest decreases in nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and no significant changes in risk grade categories of the commercial loan portfolio. The slight increase in net loan charge-offs in 2010, compared to 2009, was partially attributable to a continued decline in


34


Table of Contents

real estate values within the State of Michigan during 2010, as evidenced by lower appraised values of real estate and lower sales prices of real estate. It is management’s belief that the overall credit quality of the Corporation’s loan portfolio during the three years ended December 31, 2010 was adversely impacted by the economic environment in the State of Michigan, with the state unemployment rate at 11.7%, compared to 9.4% nationwide, at December 31, 2010. The Corporation’s originated loan portfolio has no concentration in the automotive sector and management has identified its direct exposure to this industry as not material, although the economic impact of the depressed automotive sector affected the general economy within Michigan during 2010 and 2009.
 
NONINTEREST INCOME
 
Noninterest income totaled $42.5 million in 2010, $41.1 million in 2009 and $41.2 million in 2008. Noninterest income increased $1.4 million, or 3.3%, in 2010 compared to 2009 and was consistent in 2009 compared to 2008. Noninterest income as a percentage of net revenue (net interest income plus noninterest income) was 19.9% in 2010, 21.8% in 2009 and 22.1% in 2008.
 
The following schedule includes the major components of noninterest income during the past three years:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 18,562     $ 19,116     $ 20,048  
Wealth management revenue
    10,106       9,273       10,625  
Electronic banking fees
    5,389       4,023       3,341  
Mortgage banking revenue
    3,925       4,412       1,836  
Other fees for customer services
    2,837       2,454       2,511  
Insurance commissions
    1,373       1,259       1,042  
Investment securities gains
          95       1,722  
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on investment security
                (444 )
Other
    280       487       516  
                         
Total Noninterest Income
  $ 42,472     $ 41,119     $ 41,197  
                         
 
Service charges on deposit accounts were $18.6 million in 2010, $19.1 million in 2009 and $20.0 million in 2008. The decline of $0.5 million, or 2.9%, in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily attributable to new federal banking regulations that took effect on August 15, 2010, which require customers to provide authorization (opt in) to Chemical Bank to pay overdrafts on ATM and debit card transactions, that was partially offset by increased service charges attributable to the acquisition of OAK. The decline of $0.9 million, or 4.6%, in 2009, compared to 2008, was primarily attributable to a lower level of customer activity in areas where fees and service charges are applicable and customers choosing alternative non-fee based accounts.
 
Wealth management revenue was $10.1 million in 2010, $9.3 million in 2009 and $10.6 million in 2008. The increase of $0.8 million, or 9.0%, in 2010, compared to 2009, resulted primarily from improving equity market performance, as well as growth in new assets, both of which led to increased assets under management. Average assets under management in the Wealth Management department of $2.01 billion in 2010 represented an increase of approximately $200 million in average assets under management, compared to 2009. Wealth management revenue also includes fees from sales of investment products offered through the Chemical Financial Advisors program. Fees from this program totaled $2.3 million in both 2010 and 2009 and $2.8 million in 2008. The declines in revenue in both 2010 and 2009, compared to 2008, resulted primarily from lower program sales of fixed annuity products, as those investments became less attractive to investors due to declining interest rates for these products over the past two years.
 
Electronic banking fees were $5.4 million in 2010, $4.0 million in 2009 and $3.3 million in 2008. Electronic banking fees increased $1.4 million, or 34.0%, in 2010, compared to 2009, due primarily to increased customer debit card activity that was mostly attributable to the acquisition of OAK. Electronic banking fees increased $0.7 million, or 20.4%, in 2009, compared to 2008, due primarily to an increase in the ATM user fee for non-customers.
 
Mortgage banking revenue (MBR) includes revenue from originating, selling and servicing real estate residential loans for the secondary market. MBR was $3.9 million in 2010, $4.4 million in 2009 and $1.8 million in 2008. The decrease in mortgage banking revenue in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily due to a decrease in the volume of loans sold in the secondary market compared to 2009 that was only partially offset by an increase in the average net gain per loan associated with the sale of these loans. The Corporation originated $453 million of real estate residential loans during 2010, of which $276 million, or 61%, were sold in the secondary market, compared to the origination of $467 million of real estate residential loans during 2009, of which $361 million, or 77%, were sold in the secondary market. The reduction in the volume of loans sold in the secondary market in 2010, compared to


35


Table of Contents

2009, was primarily attributable to the Corporation originating $71 million of fifteen year fixed-interest rate loans that it held in its portfolio as opposed to selling them in the secondary market as has been its general practice. In 2008, the Corporation originated $341 million of real estate residential loans, of which $145 million, or 43%, were sold in the secondary market. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation was servicing $892 million of real estate residential loans that had been originated by the Corporation in its market areas and subsequently sold in the secondary mortgage market, up from $755 million at December 31, 2009. The increase in the Corporation’s servicing portfolio in 2010 was primarily due to the acquisition of OAK and the continued strong volume of loans sold in the secondary market with servicing retained.
 
The Corporation sells loans in the secondary market on both a servicing retained and servicing released basis. The sale of real estate residential loans in the secondary market includes the Corporation entering into residential mortgage loan sale agreements with buyers in the normal course of business. The agreements contain provisions that include various representations and warranties regarding the origination and characteristics of the mortgage loans that indemnify the buyer against losses arising from inadequate underwriting. Inadequate underwriting examples include, but are not limited to, insufficient or lack of verification of the borrowers’ income or financial status, validity of the lien securing the loan, absence of delinquent taxes, liens against the property securing the loan, substandard appraisals and validity of customer information. The recourse of the buyer may result in either indemnification of the loss incurred by the buyer or a requirement for the Corporation to repurchase the loan which the buyer believes does not comply with the representations included in the loan sale agreement. If the buyer believes that a representation has been breached, it notifies the Corporation. Upon receipt of this notification, the Corporation has an opportunity to provide information that may resolve the buyer’s claim. The Corporation primarily sells residential mortgage loans to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (GSEs) who include the residential mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations. Repurchase demands and loss indemnifications received by the Corporation are reviewed by a senior officer on an individual loan by loan basis to validate the claim made by the buyer. During 2010, the Corporation was required to repurchase $0.6 million of loans sold in the secondary market and incurred $0.2 million of expense related to the indemnification of losses incurred by the buyers on three residential mortgage loans. During 2008 and 2009, the Corporation was required to repurchase $2.7 million of loans that had been sold in the secondary market and incurred loan losses of $0.6 million on these loans and incurred an additional $0.2 million of expense related to the indemnification of buyer losses. The majority of the loans required to be repurchased in 2008 and 2009 were attributable to borrower misrepresentations obtained at origination. The Corporation established a $0.25 million estimated liability at December 31, 2010 for probable losses expected to be incurred from loans previously sold in the secondary market. This estimate was based on trends in repurchase and indemnification requests, actual loss experience, known and inherent risks in the sale of loans in the secondary market and current economic conditions. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had eleven unresolved repurchase demands/buyer indemnification loss requests.
 
Other fees for customer services were $2.8 million in 2010 and approximately $2.5 million in both 2009 and 2008. Other fees for customer services increased $0.3 million, or 15.6%, in 2010, compared to 2009, due primarily to increases in letter of credit fees and annual home equity line of credit fees. In general, these fees rose, primarily due to the acquisition of OAK. While 2009 was unchanged from 2008, an increase in safe deposit box revenue, resulting primarily from an increase in 2009 rental rates, was offset by a decrease in the amount of fees earned on outstanding bank money orders. During 2009, the Corporation began processing its bank money orders internally. Prior to 2009, the Corporation outsourced the processing of bank money orders to a third-party vendor, which paid the Corporation fees based on the level of outstanding bank money orders.
 
Insurance commissions were $1.4 million in 2010, $1.2 million in 2009 and $1.0 million in 2008. Insurance commissions increased $0.2 million, or 9.1%, in 2010, compared to 2009, and $0.2 million, or 20.8%, in 2009 from 2008, due to higher closing fees and title insurance premium income from increases in mortgage loan closing activity. The increases in mortgage loan closing activity occurred due to lower market interest rates on residential real estate loans.
 
In 2009, the Corporation realized a $0.1 million gain related to the sale of the remaining balance of its MasterCard Class B shares, which had no cost basis. During 2008, the Corporation realized a $1.7 million gain related to the sale of 92% of the its MasterCard Class B shares, which had no cost basis. The Corporation had no investment securities gains in 2010.
 
In 2008, the Corporation recognized a $0.4 million OTTI loss on a Lehman corporate bond in the Corporation’s available-for-sale investment securities portfolio. The Corporation had no OTTI losses during 2010 or 2009.
 
Noninterest income, excluding revenue from investment securities net gains and losses, was $42.5 million in 2010, $41.0 million in 2009 and $39.9 million in 2008. Noninterest income, excluding these items, increased $1.5 million, or 3.5%, in 2010, compared to 2009, and $1.1 million, or 2.8%, in 2009, compared to 2008. The increase in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily attributable to increases in electronic banking fees and wealth management revenue that were partially offset by decreases in service charges on deposit accounts and mortgage banking revenue. The increase in 2009, compared to 2008, was primarily attributable to increases in electronic banking fees, insurance commissions and mortgage banking revenue that were partially offset by decreases in service charges on deposit accounts and wealth management revenue.


36


Table of Contents

OPERATING EXPENSES
 
Total operating expenses were $136.8 million in 2010, $117.6 million in 2009 and $109.1 million in 2008. Total operating expenses as a percentage of total average assets were 2.78% in 2010, 2.89% in 2009 and 2.88% in 2008.
 
The following schedule includes the major categories of operating expenses during the past three years:
                             
    Years Ended December 31,      
    2010     2009     2008      
    (Dollars in thousands)      
 
Salaries and wages
  $ 56,750     $ 49,227     $ 48,713      
Employee benefits
    11,666       10,991       10,514      
Equipment and software
    13,446       9,723       9,230      
Occupancy
    11,491       10,359       10,221      
FDIC insurance premiums
    7,388       7,013       899      
Professional fees
    5,589       4,165       3,554      
Loan and collection costs
    4,537       3,056       1,592      
Outside processing/service fees
    4,534       3,231       3,219      
Other real estate and repossessed asset expenses
    3,660       6,031       4,680      
Postage and courier
    3,115       2,951       3,169      
Advertising and marketing
    3,054       2,396       2,492      
Telephone
    1,768       1,840       2,186      
Supplies
    1,740       1,526       1,482      
Intangible asset amortization
    1,705       719       1,543      
Non-loan losses
    540       291       1,473      
Other
    5,819       4,091       4,141      
                             
Total Operating Expenses
  $ 136,802     $ 117,610     $ 109,108      
                             
Full-time equivalent staff (at December 31)
    1,608       1,427       1,416      
Efficiency ratio
    62.8 %     61.4 %     57.8 %    
                             
 
Operating expenses were $136.8 million in 2010, an increase of $19.2 million, or 16.3%, compared to 2009. The increase in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily due to the acquisition of OAK, which resulted in increases in personnel costs, equipment and software expense, occupancy expense, professional fees, outside processing/service fees, advertising and marketing expenses, intangible asset amortization and other expenses. The increase in operating expenses attributable to the OAK acquisition was partially offset by a significant decrease in other real estate and repossessed asset expenses. Operating expenses were $117.6 million in 2009, an increase of $8.5 million, or 7.8%, compared to 2008. The increase in operating expenses in 2009, compared to 2008, was primarily due to increases in personnel costs, FDIC insurance premiums, loan and collection costs and other real estate and repossessed asset expenses that were partially offset by decreases in intangible asset amortization and non-loan losses.
 
Salaries and wages were $56.7 million in 2010, $49.2 million in 2009 and $48.7 million in 2008. Salaries and wages expense in 2010 was $7.5 million, or 15.3%, higher than in 2009, due primarily to additional employees related to the acquisition of OAK and an increase in performance based awards and incentives. Salaries and wages expense in 2009 was $0.5 million higher than 2008 due to higher costs attributable to merit salary increases and new positions, which were partially offset by a decrease in mortgage loan originator commissions. Mortgage loan originator commissions decreased as a component of salary expense due to a decrease in the volume of mortgage loans originated for the bank’s loan portfolio in 2009, compared to 2008.
 
Employee benefits expense was $11.7 million in 2010, $11.0 million in 2009 and $10.5 million in 2008. Employee benefits expense increased $0.7 million, or 6.1% in 2010, compared to 2009, due to higher payroll taxes attributable to both higher salaries and wages attributable to the acquisition of OAK and an increase in performance based awards and incentives, as well as other benefit costs attributable to the acquisition of OAK. Employee benefits expense increased $0.5 million, or 4.5%, in 2009, compared to 2008, due to higher retirement and group health insurance plan costs.
 
Compensation expenses, which include salaries and wages and employee benefits, as a percentage of total operating expenses were 50.0% in 2010, 51.2% in 2009 and 54.3% in 2008.
 
Equipment and software expense was $13.4 million in 2010, $9.7 million in 2009 and $9.2 million in 2008. Equipment and software expense increased $3.7 million, or 38.3%, in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily due to the acquisition of OAK, including information technology conversion costs of $1.4 million. The increase in equipment and software expense in 2010 compared to 2009, was also due to higher equipment depreciation expense and software maintenance expense related to information technology initiatives. Equipment and software expense increased $0.5 million, or 5.3%, in 2009, compared to 2008, primarily due to higher


37


Table of Contents

depreciation expense associated with equipment upgrades completed in 2008. Equipment and software depreciation expense included in equipment expense was $5.0 million, $4.0 million and $3.5 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Occupancy expense was $11.5 million in 2010, $10.4 million in 2009 and $10.2 million in 2008. Occupancy expense increased $1.1 million, or 10.9%, in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily due to the OAK acquisition, which increased the Corporation’s branch network by thirteen branches at the acquisition date. Occupancy expense increased $0.2 million, or 1.4%, in 2009, compared to 2008, due to slight increases in building depreciation expense and property taxes on real estate used for bank operations. Depreciation expense on buildings included in occupancy expense was $2.8 million, $2.4 million and $2.3 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
FDIC insurance premiums were $7.4 million in 2010, $7.0 million in 2009 and $0.9 million in 2008. The $0.4 million increase in FDIC premiums in 2010, compared to 2009, was due to an increase in deposits as a result of the OAK acquisition and growth in customer core deposits insured by the FDIC. These increases were partially offset by the lack of a FDIC special assessment in 2010. In 2009, the Corporation’s FDIC premiums increased $6.1 million, compared to 2008, due to an industry-wide FDIC special assessment which resulted in the Corporation recognizing $1.8 million of additional premium expense, an increase in FDIC assessment rates, a 10 basis point assessment paid on covered transaction accounts exceeding $0.25 million under the TAGP during 2009, the loss of FDIC premium assessment credits which were fully utilized as of December 31, 2008 and growth in customer core deposits insured by the FDIC.
 
Professional fees were $5.6 million in 2010, $4.2 million in 2009 and $3.6 million in 2008. Professional fees were $1.4 million, or 34.2%, higher in 2010 than in 2009 due primarily to an increase in consulting expenses attributable to the acquisition of OAK. Professional fees were $0.6 million, or 17.2%, higher in 2009 than in 2008 due to an increase in consulting expenses attributable to the pending acquisition of OAK, which were partially offset by a decrease in external auditing fees.
 
Loan and collection expenses were $4.5 million in 2010, $3.1 million in 2009 and $1.6 million in 2008. These costs included legal fees, appraisal fees and other costs recognized in the collection of problem loans. The significant increases in these expenses in both 2010 and 2009 were attributable to deterioration in the credit quality of the loan portfolio and corresponding increased costs associated with foreclosing on properties and obtaining title to properties securing loans from customers that defaulted on payments.
 
Outside processing and service fees were $4.5 million in 2010 and $3.2 million in both 2009 and 2008. Outside processing and service fees increased $1.3 million, or 40.3% in 2010, compared to 2009, due primarily to additional outside services expense incurred as a result of transferring the processing of customer statement printing and mailing from an in-house process to a third-party vendor. In addition, internet banking costs increased in 2010 due to growth in the customer user base.
 
Other real estate and repossessed asset (ORE) expenses were $3.7 million in 2010, $6.0 million in 2009 and $4.7 million in 2008. ORE expenses include costs to carry ORE such as property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs, as well as fair value write-downs after the property is transferred to ORE and net gains/losses from the disposition of ORE. As property values in Michigan declined in 2008 and 2009, the Corporation recorded significant write-downs to the carrying value of ORE to fair value, which were recognized as operating costs in both of those years. Write-downs and net gains/losses from dispositions of ORE generated net expense of $1.3 million in 2010, compared to $3.7 million in 2009 and $2.9 million in 2008. Property taxes on ORE were $1.0 million in 2010, $1.1 million in 2009 and $0.6 million in 2008. Other operating costs on ORE were $1.4 million in 2010 and $1.2 million in both 2009 and 2008.
 
Advertising and marketing expenses were $3.1 million in 2010, $2.4 million in 2009 and $2.5 million in 2008. Advertising and marketing expenses increased $0.7 million, or 27.5%, in 2010, compared to 2009, due primarily to the acquisition of OAK. The decrease in advertising and marketing expenses in 2009, compared to 2008, was due to the Corporation increasing its expenditures for targeted direct mail campaigns in 2009, which was offset by a reduction in expenditures for more traditional advertising expenses such as newspaper, radio and television.
 
Intangible asset amortization was $1.7 million in 2010, $0.7 million in 2009 and $1.5 million in 2008. Intangible asset amortization increased $1.0 million, or 138% in 2010, compared to 2009, due to additional amortization expense on core deposit intangible assets and non-compete agreements as a result of the OAK acquisition. Intangible asset amortization declined $0.8 million, or 53.5%, in 2009, compared to 2008, due to a number of core deposit intangible assets becoming fully amortized during the latter half of 2008 and early 2009.
 
Non-loan losses were $0.5 million in 2010, $0.3 million in 2009 and $1.5 million in 2008. Non-loan losses in 2008 included a branch office loss of $0.8 million.
 
All other categories of operating expenses were $12.4 million in 2010, $10.4 million in 2009 and $11.0 million in 2008. The increase of $2.0 million, or 19.5%, in all other categories of operating expenses in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily attributable to the


38


Table of Contents

acquisition of OAK. The decrease of $0.6 million, or 5.2%, in all other categories of operating expenses in 2009, as compared to 2008, was largely attributable to decreases in postage and courier and telephone expenses.
 
The Corporation’s efficiency ratio, which measures total operating expenses divided by the sum of net interest income (FTE) and noninterest income, was 62.8% in 2010, 61.4% in 2009 and 57.8% in 2008. The increase in 2010, compared to 2009, was attributable to higher operating expenses due, in part, to transaction related costs attributable to the acquisition of OAK. The increase in 2009, compared to 2008, was attributable to higher operating expenses.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
The Corporation’s effective federal income tax rate was 26.0% in 2010, 16.3% in 2009 and 29.5% in 2008. The fluctuations in the Corporation’s effective federal income tax rate reflect changes each year in the proportion of interest income exempt from federal taxation, nondeductible interest expense and other nondeductible expenses relative to pretax income and tax credits. Based on the Corporation’s assessment of uncertain tax positions during 2010, 2009 and 2008, no adjustments to the federal income tax provision were required. The Corporation had no uncertain tax positions during the three years ended December 31, 2010. The significant increase in the Corporation’s effective federal income tax rate in 2010, compared to 2009, was due to an increase in the Corporation’s pre-tax income and nondeductible acquisition expenses attributable to the OAK transaction, that were partially offset by an increase in tax credits and tax exempt income, also largely due to the OAK transaction.
 
Tax-exempt income (FTE), net of related nondeductible interest expense, totaled $10.9 million in 2010, $8.0 million in 2009 and $6.5 million in 2008. Tax-exempt income (FTE) as a percentage of total interest income (FTE) was 5.1% in 2010, 4.1% in 2009 and 3.1% in 2008.
 
Income before income taxes (FTE) was $35.5 million in 2010, $14.9 million in 2009 and $30.5 million in 2008.
 
LIQUIDITY RISK
 
Liquidity risk is the possibility of the Corporation being unable to meet current and future financial obligations in a timely manner and the adverse impact on net interest income if the Corporation was unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
 
Liquidity is managed to ensure stable, reliable and cost-effective sources of funds are available to satisfy deposit withdrawals and lending and investment opportunities. The Corporation’s largest sources of liquidity on a consolidated basis are the deposit base that comes from consumer, business and municipal customers within the Corporation’s local markets, principal payments on loans, cash held at the FRB, unpledged investment securities available-for-sale and federal funds sold. During 2010, total deposits increased $913.6 million, or 26.7%, compared to an increase of $439.3 million, or 14.7%, during 2009. The significant increase in deposits in 2010 was largely attributable to $693 million of deposits acquired in the OAK transaction. The Corporation’s loan-to-deposit ratio decreased to 85.0% at December 31, 2010 from 87.6% at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation had $440 million and $223 million, respectively, of cash deposits held at the FRB that were not invested in federal funds sold due to the low interest rate environment. In addition, at December 31, 2010, the Corporation had $135 million of unpledged investment securities available-for-sale. The Corporation also has available unused wholesale sources of liquidity, including FHLB advances and borrowings from the discount window of the FRB.
 
Chemical Bank is a member of the FHLB and as such has access to short-term and long-term advances from the FHLB that are generally secured by real estate residential first lien loans. The Corporation considers advances from the FHLB as its primary wholesale source of liquidity. FHLB advances decreased $15.9 million during 2010 to $74.1 million at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s additional borrowing availability from the FHLB, based on its FHLB capital stock and subject to certain requirements, was $298 million. At December 31, 2010, if the Corporation acquired an additional $2.1 million of FHLB capital stock, its borrowing availability from the FHLB would increase by another $118 million, resulting in additional borrowing availability from the FHLB of $416 million. See the Borrowed Funds section of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for more information on advances from the FHLB. Chemical Bank can also borrow from the FRB’s discount window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. These borrowings are required to be secured by investment securities and/or certain loan types, with each category of assets carrying various borrowing capacity percentages. At December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank maintained an unused borrowing capacity of $30 million with the FRB’s discount window based upon pledged collateral as of that date, although it is management’s opinion that this borrowing capacity could be expanded, if deemed necessary, as Chemical Bank has a significant amount of additional assets that could be used as collateral at the FRB’s discount window.
 
The Corporation manages its liquidity primarily through dividends from Chemical Bank. The Corporation manages its liquidity position to provide the cash necessary to pay dividends to shareholders, invest in new subsidiaries, enter new banking markets, pursue


39


Table of Contents

investment opportunities and satisfy other operating requirements. The long-term ability of the Corporation to pay cash dividends to shareholders is dependent on the adequacy of capital and earnings of Chemical Bank.
 
Federal and state banking laws place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that a bank may pay to its parent company. During 2010, Chemical Bank paid $21.3 million in dividends to the Corporation. The Corporation paid cash dividends to shareholders of $21.2 million in 2010. The Corporation’s cash decreased $2.3 million during 2010 to $5.5 million at December 31, 2010, which it held in a deposit account at Chemical Bank as of that date. During 2009, Chemical Bank did not pay any dividends to the Corporation. The Corporation paid cash dividends to shareholders of $28.2 million in 2009. The Corporation’s cash decreased $28.5 million during 2009 to $7.8 million at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank could pay dividends totaling $17.5 million to the Corporation without Federal Reserve approval. The earnings of Chemical Bank have been the principal source of funds to pay cash dividends to the Corporation’s shareholders. Over the long term, cash dividends to shareholders are dependent upon earnings, as well as capital requirements, regulatory restraints and other factors affecting Chemical Bank.
 
The Corporation maintains a liquidity contingency plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities for effectively managing liquidity through a problem period.
 
MARKET RISK
 
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due primarily to changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk is the Corporation’s primary market risk and results from timing differences in the repricing of interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities and changes in relationships between rate indices due to changes in interest rates. The Corporation’s net interest income is largely dependent upon the effective management of interest rate risk. The Corporation’s goal is to avoid a significant decrease in net interest income, and thus an adverse impact on the profitability of the Corporation, in periods of changing interest rates. Sensitivity of earnings to interest rate changes arises when yields on assets change differently from the interest costs on liabilities. Interest rate sensitivity is determined by the amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities repricing within a specific time period and the magnitude by which interest rates change on the various types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The management of interest rate sensitivity includes monitoring the maturities and repricing opportunities of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Corporation’s interest rate risk is managed through policies and risk limits approved by the boards of directors of the Corporation and Chemical Bank and an Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO). The ALCO, which is comprised of executive management from various areas of the Corporation and Chemical Bank, including finance, lending, investments and deposit gathering, meets regularly to execute asset and liability management strategies. The ALCO establishes guidelines and monitors the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates. The goal of the ALCO process is to maximize net interest income and the net present value of future cash flows within authorized risk limits.
 
The primary technique utilized by the Corporation to measure its interest rate risk is simulation analysis. Simulation analysis forecasts the effects on the balance sheet structure and net interest income under a variety of scenarios that incorporate changes in interest rates, the shape of the Treasury yield curve, interest rate relationships and the mix of assets and liabilities and loan prepayments. These forecasts are compared against net interest income projected in a stable interest rate environment. While many assets and liabilities reprice either at maturity or in accordance with their contractual terms, several balance sheet components demonstrate characteristics that require an evaluation to more accurately reflect their repricing behavior. Key assumptions in the simulation analysis include prepayments on loans, probable calls of investment securities, changes in market conditions, loan volumes and loan pricing, deposit sensitivity and customer preferences. These assumptions are inherently uncertain as they are subject to fluctuation and revision in a dynamic environment. As a result, the simulation analysis cannot precisely forecast the impact of rising and falling interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to many other factors, including changes in balance sheet components, interest rate changes, changes in market conditions and management strategies.
 
The Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity is estimated by first forecasting the next twelve months of net interest income under an assumed environment of constant market interest rates. The Corporation then compares the results of various simulation analyses to the constant interest rate forecast (base case). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation projected the change in net interest income during the next twelve months assuming short-term market interest rates were to uniformly and gradually increase or decrease by up to 200 basis points in a parallel fashion over the entire yield curve during the same time period. These projections were based on the Corporation’s assets and liabilities remaining static over the next twelve months, while factoring in probable calls and prepayments of certain investment securities and real estate residential and consumer loans. The ALCO regularly monitors the Corporation’s forecasted net interest income sensitivity to ensure that it remains within established limits.


40


Table of Contents

A summary of the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
 
                                                 
December 31, 2010
                                               
Twelve month interest rate change projection (in basis points)
    −200       −100       0       +100       +200          
     
     
Percent change in net interest income vs. constant rates
    (5.3 )%     (2.6 )%           1.6 %     2.6 %        
                                                 
December 31, 2009
                                               
Twelve month interest rate change projection (in basis points)
    −200       −100       0       +100       +200          
     
     
Percent change in net interest income vs. constant rates
    (3.0 )%     (1.6 )%           0.6 %     0.0 %        
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s model simulations projected that 100 and 200 basis point increases in interest rates would result in positive variances in net interest income of 1.6% and 2.6%, respectively, relative to the base case over the next 12 month period, while decreases in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points would result in negative variances in net interest income of 2.6% and 5.3%, respectively, relative to the base case over the next 12 month period. At December 31, 2009, the model simulations projected that 100 and 200 basis point increases in interest rates would result in positive variances in net interest income of 0.6% and 0.0%, respectively, relative to the base case over the next 12 month period, while decreases in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points would result in negative variances in net interest income of 1.6% and 3.0%, respectively, relative to the base case over the next 12 month period. The likelihood of a decrease in interest rates beyond 100 basis points at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was considered to be unlikely given prevailing interest rate levels.
 
The Corporation’s mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities has historically resulted in its interest rate position being liability sensitive. The Corporation modestly adjusted its liability sensitive position by significantly increasing the amount of variable rate investment securities in its investment securities portfolio. Variable rate investment securities at December 31, 2010 of $325 million comprised 44% of total investment securities at that date, compared to $297 million, or 41% of total investment securities, at December 31, 2009 and $155 million, or 28% of total investment securities, at December 31, 2008. In addition, the proportion of variable rate loans in the Corporation’s loan portfolio increased in 2010 due primarily to the acquisition of OAK. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, approximately 28% and 20%, respectively, of the Corporation’s loans were at variable interest rates.


41


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT AS TO THE EFFECTIVENESS
OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial reporting and financial statement preparation.
 
Management assessed the Corporation’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Management’s assessment is based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, its system of internal control over financial reporting was effective and meets the criteria of the “Internal Control — Integrated Framework.” The Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report has issued an attestation report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.
 
     
-s- David B. Ramaker   -s- Lori A. Gwizdala
David B. Ramaker
  Lori A. Gwizdala
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and President
  and Treasurer
     
February 25, 2011
  February 25, 2011


42


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Chemical Financial Corporation:
 
We have audited Chemical Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Chemical Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment as to the Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Chemical Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Chemical Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of Chemical Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated February 25, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
-s- KPMG LLp
 
 
Detroit, Michigan
February 25, 2011


43


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Chemical Financial Corporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Chemical Financial Corporation and subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chemical Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Chemical Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 25, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
-s- KPMG LLp
 
 
Detroit, Michigan
February 25, 2011


44


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
Assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents:
               
Cash and cash due from banks
  $ 91,403     $ 131,383  
Interest-bearing deposits with unaffiliated banks and others
    444,762       229,326  
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    536,165       360,709  
Investment securities:
               
Available-for-sale at fair value
    578,610       592,521  
Held-to-maturity (fair value — $159,188 at December 31, 2010 and $125,730 at December 31, 2009)
    165,400       131,297  
                 
Total investment securities
    744,010       723,818  
Other securities
    27,133       22,128  
Loans held for sale
    20,479       8,362  
Loans
    3,681,662       2,993,160  
Allowance for loan losses
    (89,530 )     (80,841 )
                 
Net loans
    3,592,132       2,912,319  
Premises and equipment
    65,961       53,934  
Goodwill
    113,414       69,908  
Other intangible assets
    13,521       5,408  
Interest receivable and other assets
    133,394       94,126  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 5,246,209     $ 4,250,712  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 753,553     $ 573,159  
Interest-bearing
    3,578,212       2,844,966  
                 
Total deposits
    4,331,765       3,418,125  
Interest payable and other liabilities
    37,533       27,708  
Short-term borrowings
    242,703       240,568  
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances
    74,130       90,000  
                 
Total liabilities
    4,686,131       3,776,401  
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, no par value:
               
Authorized — 200,000 shares, none issued
           
Common stock, $1 par value per share:
               
Authorized — 30,000,000 shares
               
Issued and outstanding — 27,440,006 shares at December 31, 2010 and 23,891,321 shares at December 31, 2009
    27,440       23,891  
Additional paid in capital
    429,511       347,676  
Retained earnings
    117,238       115,391  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (14,111 )     (12,647 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    560,078       474,311  
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 5,246,209     $ 4,250,712  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


45


Table of Contents

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest Income
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 192,247     $ 172,388     $ 180,629  
Interest on investment securities:
                       
Taxable
    11,363       15,385       21,793  
Tax-exempt
    4,999       3,596       2,882  
Dividends on other securities
    766       821       1,167  
Interest on federal funds sold
                1,666  
Interest on deposits with unaffiliated banks and others
    1,055       541       199  
                         
Total Interest Income
    210,430       192,731       208,336  
Interest Expense
                       
Interest on deposits
    35,895       39,500       54,763  
Interest on short-term borrowings
    650       906       2,223  
Interest on FHLB advances
    2,765       4,881       6,097  
                         
Total Interest Expense
    39,310       45,287       63,083  
                         
Net Interest Income
    171,120       147,444       145,253  
Provision for loan losses
    45,600       59,000       49,200  
                         
Net Interest Income after Provision for Loan Losses
    125,520       88,444       96,053  
Noninterest Income
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
    18,562       19,116       20,048  
Wealth management revenue
    10,106       9,273       10,625  
Other charges and fees for customer services
    9,599       7,736       6,894  
Mortgage banking revenue
    3,925       4,412       1,836  
Investment securities gains
          95       1,722  
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on investment security
                (444 )
Other
    280       487       516  
                         
Total Noninterest Income
    42,472       41,119       41,197  
Operating Expenses
                       
Salaries, wages and employee benefits
    68,416       60,218       59,227  
Occupancy
    11,491       10,359       10,221  
Equipment and software
    13,446       9,723       9,230  
Other
    43,449       37,310       30,430  
                         
Total Operating Expenses
    136,802       117,610       109,108  
                         
Income Before Income Taxes
    31,190       11,953       28,142  
Federal income tax expense
    8,100       1,950       8,300  
                         
Net Income
  $ 23,090     $ 10,003     $ 19,842  
                         
Net Income Per Common Share
                       
Basic
  $ 0.88     $ 0.42     $ 0.83  
Diluted
    0.88       0.42       0.83  
Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share
    0.80       1.18       1.18  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


46


Table of Contents

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008  
                      Accumulated
       
          Additional
          Other
       
    Common
    Paid in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
       
(In thousands, except per share data)
  Stock     Capital     Earnings     Loss     Total  
 
Balances at January 1, 2008
  $ 23,815     $ 344,579     $ 141,867     $ (1,797 )   $ 508,464  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net income for 2008
                    19,842                  
Other:
                                       
Change in net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $606
                            1,125          
Reclassification adjustment for other-than-temporary impairment loss realized on investment security included in net income, net of tax benefit of $156
                            289          
Adjustment for pension and other postretirement benefits, net of tax benefit of $6,703
                            (12,448 )        
Comprehensive income
                                    8,808  
Cash dividends declared and paid of $1.18 per share
                    (28,131 )             (28,131 )
Shares issued — stock options
    58       1,450                       1,508  
Shares issued — directors’ stock purchase plan
    8       223                       231  
Share-based compensation
            664                       664  
                                         
Balances at December 31, 2008
    23,881       346,916       133,578       (12,831 )     491,544  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net income for 2009
                    10,003                  
Other:
                                       
Change in net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $42
                            79          
Reclassification adjustment for realized gain on call of investment security — available-for-sale included in net income, net of tax expense of $6
                            (11 )        
Adjustment for pension and other postretirement benefits, net of tax expense of $63
                            116          
Comprehensive income
                                    10,187  
Cash dividends declared and paid of $1.18 per share
                    (28,190 )             (28,190 )
Shares issued — stock options
    1       35                       36  
Shares issued — directors’ stock purchase plan
    9       235                       244  
Share-based compensation
            490                       490  
                                         
Balances at December 31, 2009
    23,891       347,676       115,391       (12,647 )     474,311  
Comprehensive income:
                                       
Net income for 2010
                    23,090                  
Other:
                                       
Change in net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $140
                            259          
Adjustment for pension and other postretirement benefits, net of tax benefit of $928
                            (1,723 )        
Comprehensive income
                                    21,626  
Cash dividends declared and paid of $0.80 per share
                    (21,243 )             (21,243 )
Shares issued — stock options
    1       41                       42  
Shares and stock options issued in the acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation
    3,530       80,167                       83,697  
Shares issued — directors’ stock purchase plan
    12       238                       250  
Share-based compensation
    6       1,389                       1,395  
                                         
Balances at December 31, 2010
  $ 27,440     $ 429,511     $ 117,238     $ (14,111 )   $ 560,078  
                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


47


Table of Contents

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,        
    2010     2009     2008        
    (In thousands)        
Operating Activities
                               
Net income
  $ 23,090     $ 10,003     $ 19,842          
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                               
Provision for loan losses
    45,600       59,000       49,200          
Gains on sales of loans
    (5,986 )     (6,431 )     (1,790 )        
Proceeds from sales of loans
    281,511       367,796       147,172          
Loans originated for sale
    (286,317 )     (361,264 )     (145,943 )        
Proceeds from sale of trading securities
    1,083                      
Investment securities net gains
          (95 )     (1,722 )        
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on investment security
                444          
Net gains on sales of other real estate and repossessed assets
    (1,394 )     (969 )     (283 )        
Net (gain) loss on disposal of premises and equipment, branch bank properties and insurance settlement
    865       (162 )     (242 )        
Depreciation of premises and equipment
    7,826       6,429       5,878          
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,609       2,569       2,613          
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities
    2,818       815       625          
Share-based compensation expense
    1,395       490       664          
Deferred income tax provision
    3,439       (6,977 )     (6,882 )        
Contributions to defined benefit pension plan
    (10,000 )     (7,500 )              
Net (increase) decrease in interest receivable and other assets
    35       (17,973 )     (12,284 )        
Net increase in interest payable and other liabilities
    9,325       306       12,378          
                                 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
    76,899       46,037       69,670          
Investing Activities
                               
Investment securities — available-for-sale:
                               
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal reductions
    333,878       264,998       161,375          
Proceeds from sales
          78       1,724          
Purchases
    (253,815 )     (408,344 )     (107,417 )        
Investment securities — held-to-maturity:
                               
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal reductions
    47,150       41,511       67,560          
Purchases
    (81,346 )     (75,219 )     (73,356 )        
Other securities:
                               
Proceeds from redemption
    2,802             14          
Purchases
    (2,487 )           (7 )        
Net increase in loans
    (124,985 )     (64,754 )     (235,110 )        
Proceeds from sales of other real estate and repossessed assets
    18,066       16,950       9,802          
Proceeds from sales of branch bank properties and insurance settlement
    58       433       554          
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
    (7,791 )     (7,431 )     (9,262 )        
Cash acquired, net of cash paid, in business combination
    17,177                      
                                 
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
    (51,293 )     (231,778 )     (184,123 )        
Financing Activities
                               
Net increase in noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand deposits and savings accounts
    200,829       222,222       111,554          
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
    19,570       217,111       (8,351 )        
Net increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    2,135       6,830       36,375          
Increase in short-term FHLB advances
                250,000          
Repayment of short-term FHLB advances
                (250,000 )        
Increase in long-term FHLB advances
                65,000          
Repayment of long-term FHLB advances
    (51,733 )     (45,025 )     (80,024 )        
Cash dividends paid
    (21,243 )     (28,190 )     (28,131 )        
Tax benefits from share-based awards
                140          
Proceeds from directors’ stock purchase plan and exercise of stock options
    292       280       1,599          
                                 
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
    149,850       373,228       98,162          
                                 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents
    175,456       187,487       (16,291 )        
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    360,709       173,222       189,513          
                                 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
  $ 536,165     $ 360,709     $ 173,222          
                                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
                               
Interest paid
  $ 40,206     $ 46,232     $ 64,629          
Federal income taxes paid
    9,800       9,725       16,881          
Loans transferred to other real estate and repossessed assets
    26,429       18,320       21,282          
Investment securities — available-for-sale transferred to Investment securities — held-to-maturity
                502          
Closed branch bank properties transferred to other assets
                225          
Business combination:
                               
Fair value of tangible assets acquired (noncash)
    749,916                      
Goodwill and identifiable intangible assets acquired
    53,310                      
Liabilities assumed
    736,706                      
Common stock and stock options issued
    83,697                      
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


48


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Nature of Operations:
 
Chemical Financial Corporation (Chemical or the Corporation) operates in a single operating segment — commercial banking. The Corporation is a financial holding company, headquartered in Midland, Michigan, that operates through one commercial bank, Chemical Bank. Byron Bank was acquired in the acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation (OAK) on April 30, 2010 and was consolidated with and into Chemical Bank on July 23, 2010. Chemical Bank operates within the State of Michigan as a state-chartered commercial bank. Chemical Bank operates through an internal organizational structure of four regional banking units and offers a full range of banking and fiduciary products and services to the residents and business customers in the bank’s geographical market areas. The products and services offered by the regional banking units, through branch banking offices, are generally consistent throughout the Corporation, as is the pricing of those products and services. The marketing of products and services throughout the Corporation’s regional banking units is generally uniform, as many of the markets served by the regional banking units overlap. The distribution of products and services is uniform throughout the Corporation’s regional banking units and is achieved primarily through retail branch banking offices, automated teller machines and electronically accessed banking products.
 
The Corporation’s primary sources of revenue are from its loan products and investment securities.
 
Accounting Standards Codification:
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) became effective on July 1, 2009. At that date, the ASC became FASB’s officially recognized source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) applicable to all public and non-public non-governmental entities, superseding existing FASB, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA), Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) and related literature. Rules and interpretive releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other accounting literature is considered non-authoritative. The switch to the ASC affects the way companies refer to GAAP in financial statements and accounting policies.
 
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation:
 
The accounting and reporting policies of the Corporation and its subsidiaries conform to GAAP, SEC rules and interpretive releases and prevailing practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements of the Corporation include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant income and expenses are recorded on the accrual basis. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.
 
The Corporation consolidates variable interest entities (VIEs) in which it is the primary beneficiary. In general, a VIE is an entity that either (1) has an insufficient amount of equity to carry out its principal activities without additional subordinated financial support, (2) has a group of equity owners that are unable to make significant decisions about its activities or (3) has a group of equity owners that do not have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive return as generated by its operations. If any of these characteristics are present, the entity is subject to a variable interests consolidation model, and consolidation is based on variable interests, not on ownership of the entity’s outstanding voting stock. Variable interests are defined as contractual, ownership, or other monetary interests in an entity that change with fluctuations in the entity’s net asset value. The primary beneficiary consolidates the VIE. The primary beneficiary is defined as the enterprise that has the power to direct the activities and absorb losses or the right to receive benefits.
 
The Corporation is a significant limited partner in two low income housing tax credit partnerships. These entities meet the definition of VIEs. The Corporation is not the primary beneficiary of either VIE in which it holds a limited partnership interest, and therefore the VIEs are not consolidated in the Corporation’s financial statements. Exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with VIEs at December 31, 2010 was limited to approximately $4.2 million recorded as the Corporation’s investment, which includes unfunded obligations to these projects of $4.1 million. The Corporation’s investment in these projects is recorded in interest receivable and other assets and the future financial obligations are recorded in interest payable and other liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2010.
 
Reclassification:
 
Certain amounts in the 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been reclassified to conform with the 2010 presentation. Such reclassifications had no impact on shareholders’ equity or net income.


49


Table of Contents

 
Use of Estimates:
 
Management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying footnotes. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses, expected cash flows from acquired loans, fair value amounts related to the acquisition of OAK on April 30, 2010, pension expense, income taxes, goodwill and those assets that require fair value measurement. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Business Combinations:
 
On April 30, 2010, the Corporation acquired 100% of OAK for total consideration of $83.7 million. The total consideration consisted of the issuance of 3,529,772 shares of Chemical common stock with a total value of $83.7 million based upon a market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock of $23.70 at the acquisition date, the exchange of 26,425 vested stock options for the outstanding vested stock options of OAK with a value of the exchange at the acquisition date of approximately $41,000, and approximately $8,000 of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The issuance of 3,529,772 shares of Chemical common stock was based on an exchange rate of 1.306 times the 2,703,009 outstanding shares of OAK at the acquisition date.
 
Pursuant to the guidance of ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805) effective for all acquisitions with closing dates after January 1, 2009, the Corporation recognized the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the OAK acquisition at their fair values as of the acquisition date with the related acquisition and restructuring costs expensed in the current period. The Corporation recorded $43.5 million of goodwill in conjunction with the acquisition, which represented the purchase price over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired. Additionally, the Corporation recorded $9.8 million of other intangible assets as a result of the OAK acquisition attributable to core deposits, mortgage servicing rights and non-compete agreements acquired.
 
ASC 805 affords a measurement period beyond the acquisition date that allows the Corporation the opportunity to finalize the acquisition accounting in the event that new information is identified that existed as of the acquisition date but was not known by the Corporation at that time. The Corporation anticipated that measurement period adjustments could arise from adjustments to the fair values of assets and liabilities recognized at the acquisition date as additional information is obtained, such as appraisals of collateral securing loans and other borrower information. In the event that a measurement period adjustment is identified, the Corporation will recognize the adjustment as part of its acquisition accounting, which may result in an adjustment to goodwill being recorded.
 
See Note 2 for further information regarding the OAK acquisition.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents:
 
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, interest-bearing deposits with unaffiliated banks and others and federal funds sold, with original maturities of less than 90 days. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation did not have any federal funds sold. Amounts reported under interest-bearing deposits with unaffiliated banks and others include interest-bearing savings and time deposits held at other financial institutions and overnight funds held at the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) in lieu of federal funds sold.
 
Investment Securities:
 
Investment securities include investments in debt, trust preferred and preferred stock securities. Investment securities are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities (ASC 320), which requires investments to be classified within one of three categories (trading, held-to-maturity or available-for-sale). The Corporation held no trading investment securities at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
 
Designation as an investment security held-to-maturity is based on the Corporation’s intent and ability to hold the security to maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for purchase price premiums and discounts. Investment securities that are not held-to-maturity are accounted for as securities available-for-sale, and are stated at estimated fair value, with the aggregate unrealized gains and losses, not deemed other-than-temporary, classified as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investment securities and other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges are determined using the specific identification method and are included within noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. Premiums and discounts on investment securities are amortized over the estimated lives of the related investment securities based on the effective interest yield method and are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of income.
 
The Corporation assesses equity and debt securities that have fair values below amortized cost basis to determine whether declines (impairment) are other-than-temporary. Effective April 1, 2009, in accordance with FASB Staff Position FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2,


50


Table of Contents

 
Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments (later codified in ASC 320), if the Corporation intends to sell a security or it is more-likely-than-not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security prior to the recovery of its amortized cost, an other-than-temporary impairment write down is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Corporation does not intend to sell a security and it is not more-likely-than-not that the Corporation would be required to sell a security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis, then the recognition of the impairment is bifurcated. For a security where the impairment is bifurcated, the impairment is separated into an amount representing the credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. Prior to April 1, 2009, all declines in fair value deemed to be other-than-temporary were reflected in earnings as realized losses. In assessing whether OTTI exists, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry or sub-sector and (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographical locations.
 
Other Securities:
 
Other securities consisted of Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (FHLB) stock of $18.7 million at December 31, 2010 and $16.2 million at December 31, 2009 and FRB stock of $8.4 million at December 31, 2010 and $5.9 million at December 31, 2009. Other securities are recorded at cost or par, which is deemed to be the net realizable value of these assets. The Corporation is required to own FHLB stock and FRB stock in accordance with its membership in these organizations. The FHLB requires its members to provide a five-year advance notice of any request to redeem FHLB stock.
 
Originated Loans:
 
Originated loans include all of the Corporation’s portfolio loans, excluding loans acquired in the OAK transaction.
 
Originated loans are stated at their principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, charge-offs and unamortized deferred fees and costs. Interest income on loans is reported based on the level-yield method and includes amortization of deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Net loan commitment fees for commitment periods greater than one year are deferred and amortized into fee income on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.
 
Loan interest income is recognized on the accrual basis. The past due status of a loan is based on the loan’s contractual terms. A loan is placed in the nonaccrual category when principal or interest is past due 90 days or more (except for real estate residential loans that are transferred at 120 days past due) unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection, or earlier when, in the opinion of management, there is sufficient reason to doubt the collectibility of principal or interest. Interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed and charged against interest income at the time the loan is placed in nonaccrual status. The subsequent recognition of interest income on a nonaccrual loan is then recognized only to the extent cash is received and where future collection of principal is probable. Loans are returned to accrual status when principal and interest payments are brought current, payments have been received consistently for a period of time and collectibility is no longer in doubt.
 
Nonperforming loans of the originated portfolio are comprised of those loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis, accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments (120 days or more past due on real estate residential loans) and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings (nonperforming originated loans).
 
Loans modified under troubled debt restructurings involve granting a concession to a borrower who is facing financial difficulty. Concessions generally include modifications to original loan terms, including changes to a loan’s payment schedule or interest rate, which generally would not otherwise be considered. The Corporation’s loans modified under troubled debt restructurings continue on accrual status. However, if the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is not reasonably assured or the borrower does not make payments in accordance with the modified loan terms, the loan is moved to nonaccrual status.
 
Loans Acquired in a Business Combination:
 
Loans with an outstanding principal balance of $683 million were acquired in the acquisition of OAK. The Corporation recognized a fair value discount on the loans acquired that was, in part attributable to deterioration in credit quality. The fair value discount was recorded as a reduction of the loans’ outstanding principal balances in the consolidated statement of financial position (acquired loans). Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered to be impaired. In the assessment of credit quality deterioration, the Corporation must make numerous assumptions, interpretations and judgments using internal and third-party credit quality information to determine whether it is probable that the Corporation will be able to collect all contractually required payments. This is a point in time assessment and inherently subjective due to the nature of the available information and judgment involved.


51


Table of Contents

 
Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include credit metrics such as past due and nonaccrual status, recent borrower credit scores and loan-to-value percentages. Those loans that qualify under ASC Topic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (ASC 310-30), are recorded at fair value at acquisition, which involves estimating the expected cash flows to be received. Accordingly, the associated allowance for loan losses related to these loans is not carried over at the acquisition date. ASC 310-30 also allows investors to aggregate loans acquired into loan pools that have common risk characteristics and thereby use a composite interest rate and expectation of cash flows expected to be collected for the loan pools. Loans with an outstanding principal balance of $105 million at the acquisition date were determined to be loans with deteriorated credit quality and, therefore, met the scope criteria set forth in ASC 310-30. Further, the Corporation understands, as outlined in the AICPA’s open letter to the Office of the Chief Accountant of the SEC dated December 18, 2009 and pending further standard setting, that for acquired loans that do not meet the scope criteria of ASC 310-30, a company may elect to account for such acquired loans pursuant to the provisions of either ASC 310-20, Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs, or ASC 310-30. The Corporation elected to apply ASC 310-30 by analogy to loans that were determined not to have deteriorated credit quality with an outstanding principal balance of $578 million at the acquisition date and will follow the accounting and disclosure guidance of ASC 310-30 for these loans. Accordingly, the Corporation applied ASC 310-30 to the entire loan portfolio acquired in the acquisition of OAK with an outstanding principal balance of $683 million at the acquisition date. None of the acquired loans are classified as debt securities.
 
Acquired loans were recorded at fair value without a carryover of OAK’s allowance for loan losses. The calculation of the fair value of the acquired loans entails estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected on such loans and then discounting those cash flows at market interest rates. The excess of a loan’s expected cash flows at the acquisition date over its estimated fair value is referred to as the “accretable yield,” which is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan on a level-yield basis. The difference between a loan’s contractually required principal and interest payments at the acquisition date and the cash flows expected to be collected at the acquisition date is referred to as the “nonaccretable difference,” which includes an estimate of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan and interest payments that are not expected to be collected. The estimate of expected credit losses was determined based on due diligence performed by executive and senior officers of the Corporation, with assistance from third-party consultants. Decreases to the expected cash flows in subsequent periods will require the Corporation to record a provision for loan losses. Improvements in expected cash flows in future periods will result in reversing a portion of the nonaccretable difference, which is then classified as part of the accretable yield and subsequently recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan.
 
Under the provisions of ASC 310-30, the Corporation aggregated acquired loans into 14 pools based upon common risk characteristics, including types of loans, commercial type loans with similar risk grades and whether loans were performing or nonperforming. A pool is considered a single unit of accounting for the purposes of applying the guidance as described above. A loan will be removed from a pool of acquired loans only if the loan is sold, foreclosed, paid off or written off, and will be removed from the pool at the carrying value. If an individual loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between its relative carrying amount and the cash, fair value of the collateral, or other assets received would not affect the effective yield used to recognize the accretable difference on the remaining pool. The Corporation estimated the cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the pools of loans at acquisition, and will estimate quarterly thereafter, based on a set of assumptions including expectations as to default rates, prepayment rates and loss severities. In the event that the updated expected cash flows increase in a pool from those originally projected at acquisition date, the Corporation will adjust the accretable yield amount with a resulting change in the amount recognized in interest income in subsequent periods. In the event that the updated expected cash flows in a pool decrease from those originally projected at the acquisition date, the Corporation will consider that loan pool impaired, which results in the Corporation accruing a charge to the provision for loan losses.
 
Impaired Loans:
 
A loan is defined to be impaired when it is probable that payment of principal and interest will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. In the originated loan portfolio, all nonaccrual loans and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings have been determined by the Corporation to meet the definition of an impaired loan. In addition, other commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans in the originated loan portfolio may be considered impaired loans. Loans in the acquired portfolio that meet the definition of an impaired loan are included in impaired loans, even though the amortization of the accretable yield results in interest income recognition on these loans. Impaired loans are carried at the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or at the estimated fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. A portion of the allowance for loan losses may be allocated to impaired loans. All impaired commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans, as well as real estate residential loans modified under troubled debt restructurings, are evaluated individually to determine whether or not a valuation allowance is required.


52


Table of Contents

 
Allowance for Loan Losses:
 
The allowance for loan losses (allowance) is presented as a reserve against loans. The allowance represents management’s assessment of probable loan losses inherent in the Corporation’s loan portfolio.
 
Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a continuing review of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, the underlying value of the collateral, risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, the level and composition of nonperforming loans, the financial condition of the borrowers, the balance of the loan portfolio, loan growth, economic conditions, employment levels in the Corporation’s local markets, and special factors affecting specific business sectors. The Corporation maintains formal policies and procedures to monitor and control credit risk.
 
The allowance provides for probable losses that have been identified with specific customer relationships and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio, but that have not been specifically identified. The Corporation utilizes its own loss experience to estimate inherent losses on loans. Internal risk ratings are assigned to each commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loan at the time of approval and are subject to subsequent periodic reviews by senior management. The Corporation performs a detailed credit quality review quarterly on all loans greater than $0.25 million that have deteriorated below certain levels of credit risk, and may allocate a specific portion of the allowance to such loans based upon this review. A portion of the allowance is allocated to the remaining loans by applying projected loss ratios, based on numerous factors. Projected loss ratios incorporate factors such as recent charge-off experience, trends with respect to adversely risk-rated commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans, trends with respect to past due and nonaccrual loans, changes in economic conditions and trends, changes in the value of underlying collateral and other credit risk factors. This evaluation involves a high degree of uncertainty.
 
Management maintains an unallocated allowance to recognize the uncertainty and imprecision underlying the process of estimating inherent loan losses. Determination of the probable losses inherent in the portfolio, which are not necessarily captured by the allocation methodology discussed above, involves the exercise of judgment. The unallocated allowance associated with the imprecision in the risk rating system is based generally on a historical evaluation of the accuracy of the risk ratings associated with loans.
 
Although the Corporation allocates portions of the allowance to specific loans and loan types, the entire allowance is available for any loan losses that occur. Loans that are deemed not collectible are charged off and deducted from the allowance. The provision for loan losses and recoveries on loans previously charged off are added to the allowance. Collection efforts may continue and recoveries may occur after a loan is charged off against the allowance.
 
Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgment reflecting information available to them at the time of their examinations.
 
Mortgage Banking Operations:
 
The origination of real estate residential (mortgage) loans is an integral component of the business of the Corporation. The Corporation generally sells its originations of long-term fixed interest rate mortgage loans in the secondary market. Gains and losses on the sales of these loans are determined using the specific identification method. The Corporation sells mortgage loans in the secondary market on either a servicing retained or released basis.
 
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market. The value of mortgage loans held for sale and other residential mortgage loan commitments to customers are hedged by utilizing best efforts forward commitments to sell loans to investors in the secondary market. Such forward commitments are generally entered into at the time when applications are taken to protect the value of the mortgage loans from increases in market interest rates during the period held. Mortgage loans originated for sale are generally sold within 45 days after closing.
 
The Corporation recognizes revenue associated with the expected future cash flows of servicing loans at the time a forward loan commitment is made, as required under Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings.
 
The Corporation accounts for mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) by separately recognizing servicing assets. An asset is recognized for the rights to service mortgage loans that are created by the origination of mortgage loans that are sold with the servicing retained by the Corporation. The recognition of the asset results in an increase in the gains recognized upon the sale of the mortgage loans sold. The Corporation amortizes MSRs in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income and assesses MSRs for impairment based on fair value quarterly. Prepayments of mortgage loans result in increased amortization of MSRs, as the remaining book value of the MSRs is expensed at the time of prepayment. Any impairment of MSRs is recognized as a valuation allowance, resulting in a


53


Table of Contents

 
reduction of mortgage banking revenue. The valuation allowance is recovered when impairment that is believed to be temporary no longer exists. Other-than-temporary impairments are recognized if the recoverability of the carrying value is determined to be remote. When this occurs, the unrecoverable portion of the valuation allowance is recorded as a direct write-down to the carrying value of MSRs. This direct write-down permanently reduces the carrying value of the MSRs, precluding recognition of subsequent recoveries. For purposes of measuring fair value, the Corporation utilizes a third-party modeling software program. Servicing income is recognized when earned and includes amortization of MSRs.
 
Premises and Equipment:
 
Land is recorded at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Premises and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives are generally 25 to 39 years for buildings and three to ten years for all other depreciable assets. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
Other Real Estate:
 
Other real estate (ORE) is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties, including vacant land and development properties, obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. ORE is recorded at the lower of cost or the estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of transfer to ORE and management’s estimate of the fair value of the collateral, with any difference between the fair value of the property and the carrying value of the loan charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent changes in fair value of ORE are recognized as adjustments to the carrying amount, not to exceed the initial carrying value of the assets at the time of transfer. Changes in the fair value of ORE subsequent to transfer to ORE are recorded in other operating expenses on the consolidated statements of income. Gains or losses not previously recognized resulting from the sale of ORE are also recognized in other operating expenses on the date of sale. ORE totaling $27.0 million and $17.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in the consolidated statements of financial position in interest receivable and other assets.
 
Intangible Assets:
 
Intangible assets consist of goodwill, core deposit intangible assets, noncompete agreements and MSRs. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to impairment tests annually, or more frequently if triggering events occur and indicate potential impairment. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized over periods ranging from 10 to 15 years primarily on an accelerated basis, as applicable. Noncompete agreements are amortized over the term of the agreement on a straight-line basis. MSRs are amortized in proportion to, and over the life of, the estimated net future servicing income of the underlying loans.
 
Share-based Compensation:
 
The Corporation has granted stock options, stock awards and restricted stock performance units to certain executive and senior management employees. The Corporation accounts for share-based compensation expense using the modified-prospective transition method. Under that method, compensation expense is recognized for share-based awards granted after December 31, 2005, based on the estimated grant date fair value as computed using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the probability of issuance for performance based awards. The fair value of stock options is recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of restricted stock performance units is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite performance period.
 
Cash flows realized from the tax benefits of exercised stock option awards that result from actual tax deductions that are in excess of the recorded tax benefits related to the compensation expense recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing activities on the consolidated statements of cash flows.
 
Short-term Borrowings:
 
Short-term borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase with customers and short-term FHLB advances. These borrowings have original scheduled maturities of one year or less. The Corporation sells certain securities under agreements to repurchase with customers. The agreements are collateralized financing transactions and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements remain in the asset accounts. See the description of FHLB advances below.


54


Table of Contents

 
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances, Short-term and Long-term:
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances are borrowings from the FHLB to fund short-term liquidity needs as well as a portion of the loan and investment securities portfolios. These advances are secured, under a blanket security agreement, by first lien real estate residential loans with an aggregate book value equal to at least 155% of the FHLB advances and the FHLB stock owned by the Corporation. FHLB advances with an original maturity of one year or less are classified as short-term and FHLB advances with an original maturity of more than one year are classified as long-term.
 
Fair Value Measurements:
 
Fair value for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis refers to the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants in the market in which the reporting entity transacts such sales or transfers based on the assumptions market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. Assumptions are developed based on prioritizing information within a fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data, such as the reporting entity’s own data.
 
The Corporation may choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. Unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value measurement option has been elected are reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option (i) may be applied instrument by instrument, with certain exceptions, allowing the Corporation to record identical financial assets and liabilities at fair value or by another measurement basis permitted under GAAP, (ii) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs) and (iii) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation had not elected the fair value option for any financial assets or liabilities.
 
Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plan Actuarial Assumptions:
 
The Corporation’s defined benefit pension, supplemental pension and postretirement benefit obligations and related costs are calculated using actuarial concepts and measurements. Two critical assumptions, the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, are important elements of expense and/or benefit obligation measurements. Other assumptions involve employee demographic factors such as retirement patterns, mortality, turnover and the rate of compensation increase, as well as health care costs. The Corporation evaluates all assumptions annually.
 
The discount rate enables the Corporation to state expected future benefit payments as a present value on the measurement date. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation determined the discount rate by utilizing the results from a discount rate model which involves selecting a portfolio of bonds to settle the projected benefit payments of the defined benefit pension plan. The selected bond portfolio is derived from a universe of corporate bonds rated at Aa quality. After the bond portfolio is selected, a single rate is determined that equates the market value of the bonds purchased to the discounted value of the plan’s benefit payments which represents the discount rate. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension, supplemental pension and postretirement benefit expenses.
 
To determine the expected long-term rate of return on defined benefit pension plan assets, the Corporation considers the current and expected asset allocation of the defined benefit pension plan, as well as historical and expected returns on each asset class. A lower expected rate of return on defined benefit pension plan assets will increase pension expense.
 
The Corporation recognizes the over- or under-funded status of a plan as an other asset or other liability in the consolidated statements of financial position as measured by the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation and any unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses are recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The Corporation also measures defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the Corporation’s fiscal year-end. For measurement purposes, the Corporation utilizes a measurement date of December 31.
 
Advertising Costs:
 
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Income and Other Taxes:
 
The Corporation is subject to the income and other tax laws of the United States and the State of Michigan. These laws are complex and are subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the various taxing authorities. In determining the provision for income and other taxes, management must make judgments and estimates about the application of these inherently complex laws, related regulations and case law. In the process of preparing the Corporation’s tax returns, management attempts to make reasonable


55


Table of Contents

 
interpretations of the tax laws. These interpretations are subject to challenge by the tax authorities upon audit or to reinterpretation based on management’s ongoing assessment of facts and evolving case law.
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The provision for federal income taxes is based on income and expenses, as reported in the consolidated financial statements, rather than amounts reported on the Corporation’s federal income tax return. The difference between the federal statutory income tax rate and the Corporation’s effective federal income tax rate is primarily a function of the proportion of the Corporation’s interest income exempt from federal taxation, nondeductible interest expense and other nondeductible expenses relative to pretax income and tax credits. When income and expenses are recognized in different periods for tax purposes than for book purposes, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change.
 
On a quarterly basis, management assesses the reasonableness of its effective federal tax rate based upon its current best estimate of taxable income and the applicable taxes expected for the full year. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reassessed on an annual basis, or sooner, if business events or circumstances warrant. Management also assesses the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis using information about the Corporation’s current and historical financial position and results of operations.
 
Income tax positions are evaluated to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the tax position. If a tax position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained, a tax benefit is recognized for the amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized. Reserves for contingent tax liabilities attributable to unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions are reviewed quarterly for adequacy based upon developments in tax law and the status of audits or examinations.
 
Earnings Per Common Share:
 
Basic earnings per common share for the Corporation is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Basic earnings per common share excludes any dilutive effect of common stock equivalents.
 
Diluted earnings per common share for the Corporation is computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method. Average shares of common stock for diluted net income per common share include shares to be issued upon exercise of stock options granted under the Corporation’s stock option plans, restricted stock performance units that may be converted to stock, stock to be issued under the deferred stock compensation plan for non-employee directors and stock to be issued under the stock purchase plan for non-employee advisory directors. For any period in which a loss is recorded, the assumed exercise of stock options, restricted stock performance units that may be converted to stock and stock to be issued under the deferred stock compensation plan and the stock purchase plan would have an anti-dilutive impact on the loss per common share and thus are excluded in the diluted earnings per common share calculation. The following summarizes the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted earnings per common share computations for the years ended December 31:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Numerator for both basic and diluted earnings per common share, net income
  $ 23,090     $ 10,003     $ 19,842  
                         
Denominator for basic earnings per common share, weighted average common shares outstanding
    26,276       23,890       23,840  
Weighted average common stock equivalents
    29       19       13  
                         
Denominator for diluted earnings per common share
    26,305       23,909       23,853  
                         
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.88     $ 0.42     $ 0.83  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.88       0.42       0.83  
 
The average number of exercisable employee stock option awards outstanding that were “out-of-the-money,” whereby the option exercise price per share exceeded the market price per share at year-end, and therefore, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share was 597,710 for the year ended December 31, 2010, 529,571 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 532,765 for the year ended December 31, 2008.


56


Table of Contents

 
Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:
 
Comprehensive income of the Corporation includes net income and adjustments to equity for changes in unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available-for-sale and the difference between the fair value of pension and other postretirement plan assets and their respective projected benefit obligations, net of income taxes. The Corporation displays comprehensive income as a component in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of related tax benefits (expense), were as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
Net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale, net of related tax expense of $1,786 at December 31, 2010, $1,646 at December 31, 2009 and $1,610 at December 31, 2008
  $ 3,317     $ 3,058     $ 2,990  
Pension and other postretirement benefits adjustment, net of related tax benefit of $9,384 at December 31, 2010, $8,456 at December 31, 2009 and $8,519 at December 31, 2008
    (17,428 )     (15,705 )     (15,821 )
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ (14,111 )   $ (12,647 )   $ (12,831 )
                         
 
Pending Accounting Pronouncements:
 
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures:  In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2010-06). ASU 2010-06 requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements, including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, on a gross basis, in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2010-06 also requires disclosure of fair value measurements by “class” instead of by “major category” as well as any changes in valuation techniques used during the reporting period. For disclosures of Level 1 and Level 2 activity, fair value measurements by “class” and changes in valuation techniques, ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, with disclosures for previous comparative periods prior to adoption not required. The adoption of this portion of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements, ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this portion of ASU 2010-06 on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
Goodwill Impairment Testing:  In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, Intangibles (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts (ASU 2010-28). ASU 2010-28 provides guidance on (1) the circumstances under which step 2 of the goodwill impairment test must be performed for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, and (2) the qualitative factors to be taken into account when performing step 2 in determining whether it is more-likely-than-not that an impairment exists. ASU 2010-28 is effective for public entities with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, with early adoption prohibited. Upon initial application, all entities having reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts are required to assess whether it is more-likely-than-not that impairment exists and any resulting goodwill impairment should be recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to opening retained earnings in the period of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2010-28 on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
Pro Forma Disclosure Requirements for Business Combinations:  In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations (ASU 2010-29). ASU 2010-29 clarifies that pro forma revenue and earnings for a business combination occurring in the current year should be presented as though the business combination occurred as of the beginning of the year or, if comparative financial statements are presented, as though the business combination took place as of the beginning of the comparative year. ASU 2010-29 also amends existing guidance to expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the pro forma revenue and earnings. ASU 2010-29 is effective prospectively for business combinations consummated on or after the start of the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2010-29 on January 1, 2011 did not have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.


57


Table of Contents

 
Deferral of Troubled Debt Restructuring Disclosures:  In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20 (ASU 2011-01). For public entities, ASU 2011-01 delays the effective date for certain disclosures about loans modified under troubled debt restructurings included in ASU No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (ASU 2010-20). The new effective date for the loans modified under troubled debt restructuring disclosures will be concurrent with the effective date of FASB’s proposed ASU, Receivables (Topic 310): Clarifications to Accounting for Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors. ASU 2011-01 does not change the effective date for other disclosures required by public entities in ASU 2010-20. The adoption of ASU 2011-01 once effective is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
 
NOTE 2 — ACQUISITION
 
O.A.K. Financial Corporation
 
On April 30, 2010, the Corporation acquired 100% of OAK for total consideration of $83.7 million. The total consideration consisted of the issuance of 3,529,772 shares of Chemical common stock with a total value of $83.7 million based upon a price per share of the Corporation’s common stock of $23.70 at the acquisition date, the exchange of 26,425 vested stock options for the outstanding vested stock options of OAK with a value of the exchange at the acquisition date of approximately $41,000 and approximately $8,000 of cash in lieu of fractional shares. The issuance of 3,529,772 shares of Chemical common stock was based on an exchange rate of 1.306 times the 2,703,009 outstanding shares of OAK at the acquisition date. There were no contingencies resulting from the acquisition.
 
OAK, a bank holding company, owned Byron Bank, which provided traditional commercial banking services and products through 14 banking offices serving communities in Ottawa, Allegan and Kent counties in west Michigan. Byron Bank owned two operating subsidiaries, Byron Investment Services, which offered mutual fund products, securities, brokerage services, retirement planning services and investment management and advisory services, and O.A.K. Title Insurance Agency, which offered title insurance to buyers and sellers of residential and commercial properties. As a result of the consolidation of Byron Bank with and into Chemical Bank on July 23, 2010, these two subsidiaries became subsidiaries of Chemical Bank. O.A.K. Title Insurance Agency was legally dissolved on August 31, 2010 and Byron Investment Services is expected to be dissolved in 2011, as these products and services are currently being offered through existing subsidiaries of Chemical Bank. At the acquisition date, OAK had total assets of $820 million, total loans of $627 million and total deposits of $693 million.
 
Upon acquisition, the OAK loan portfolio had contractually required principal and interest payments receivable of $683 million and $97 million, respectively, expected principal and interest cash flows of $636 million and $88 million, respectively, and a fair value of $627 million. The difference between the contractually required payments receivable and the expected cash flows represents the nonaccretable difference, which totaled $56 million at the acquisition date, with $47 million attributable to expected credit losses. The difference between the expected cash flows and fair value represents the accretable yield, which totaled $97 million at the acquisition date. At December 31, 2010, the outstanding contractual principal balance and the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio were $597 million and $552 million, respectively, and there was no related allowance for loan losses at that date.
 
Activity for the accretable yield, which includes contractually due interest, of acquired loans since the acquisition date follows:
         
    Accretable
 
    Yield  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at acquisition date
  $ 96,859  
Additions
     
Disposals
     
Accretion recognized in interest income
    (23,996 )
Reclassification from (to) nonaccretable difference
     
         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 72,863  
         
 
The amounts reported for the accretable yield at the acquisition date and accretion recognized in interest income were revised during the fourth quarter of 2010 from amounts previously reported due to the Corporation updating its analysis of contractually required and expected interest cash flows. These revisions did not have an impact on the Corporation’s financial condition or results of operations.


58


Table of Contents

 
In connection with the acquisition of OAK, the Corporation recorded $43.5 million of goodwill. Goodwill recorded is primarily attributable to the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of Chemical and OAK. In addition, the Corporation recorded $9.8 million of other intangible assets in conjunction with the acquisition. The other intangible assets represent the value attributable to core deposits, mortgage servicing rights and non-compete agreements acquired.
 
As of the acquisition date, Byron Bank became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation. Byron Bank was consolidated with and into Chemical Bank on July 23, 2010. The $43.5 million of goodwill recognized in the acquisition of OAK was allocated at the acquisition date to Byron Bank and, therefore, upon the consolidation of Byron Bank with and into Chemical Bank, the goodwill of $43.5 million and other intangible assets of $9.8 million became intangible assets of Chemical Bank.
 
The results of the merged OAK operations are presented within the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The disclosure of OAK’s post-acquisition revenue and net income is not practical due to the combining of Byron Bank’s operations with and into Chemical Bank on July 23, 2010. Acquisition-related transaction expenses associated with the OAK acquisition totaled $4.3 million during 2010 and $0.8 million during 2009.
 
The summary computation of the purchase price, including adjustments to reflect OAK’s assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value and the allocation of the purchase price to the net assets of OAK is presented below. The acquisition accounting presented below may be further adjusted during a measurement period of up to one year beyond the acquisition date that provides the Corporation with the opportunity to finalize the acquisition accounting in the event that new information is identified that existed as of the acquisition date but was not known by the Corporation at that time.
 
A summary of the purchase price and the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of adjusted net assets acquired (goodwill) was as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                 
Fair value of Chemical common shares issued at April 30, 2010 (3,529,772 shares at the market price of $23.70 per share)
          $ 83,656  
Fair value of OAK options converted to Chemical options
            41  
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
            8  
                 
Total purchase price
          $ 83,705  
                 
Net assets acquired:
               
OAK shareholders’ equity
          $ 68,379  
Adjustments to reflect fair value of net assets acquired:
               
Loans
            (56,296 )
Allowance for loan losses
            15,250  
Deferred tax asset, net
            15,020  
Premises and equipment
            (1,718 )
Core deposit intangibles
            8,404  
Other intangible assets
            1,244  
Deposits
            (4,833 )
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
            (1,436 )
Other assets and liabilities
            (3,815 )
                 
                 
Fair value of adjusted net assets acquired
            40,199  
                 
Goodwill recognized as a result of the OAK transaction
          $ 43,506  
                 
 


59


Table of Contents

 
The following schedule summarizes the original acquisition date estimated fair values and the adjustments to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from OAK from the acquisition date through December 31, 2010. Subsequent to the original acquisition date valuation of assets and liabilities, the Corporation obtained additional appraisal information about the fair value of premises and equipment, revised its assumptions regarding the timing and expected loss experience related to certain acquired loans and received updated information regarding the valuation of the core deposit intangible asset and the measurement of various other assets and liabilities acquired, which resulted in an increase to the goodwill recognized in the transaction of $4.3 million.
 
                         
    Original
          Revised
 
    Allocation     Adjustments     Allocation  
    (In thousands)  
 
Assets
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 17,185     $     $ 17,185  
Investment securities
    69,561             69,561  
Other securities
    5,320             5,320  
Loans
    630,575       (3,718 )     626,857  
Premises and equipment
    14,645       (1,718 )     12,927  
Goodwill
    39,241       4,265       43,506  
Other intangible assets
    10,314       (510 )     9,804  
Deferred tax asset, net
    18,547       2,452       20,999  
Interest receivable and other assets
    15,023       (771 )     14,252  
                         
Total assets
  $ 820,411     $     $ 820,411  
                         
Liabilities
                       
Deposits
  $ 693,241     $     $ 693,241  
Interest payable and other liabilities
    7,602             7,602  
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances
    35,863             35,863  
                         
Total liabilities
    736,706             736,706  
                         
Total purchase price
  $ 83,705     $     $ 83,705  
                         
 
Other intangible assets acquired in the OAK acquisition at the acquisition date consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
                     
    Fair
    Weighted
    Amortization
Other Intangible Assets:
  Value     Avg. Life     Method
 
Core deposit intangible assets
  $ 8,435       4.7 years     Accelerated basis
Mortgage servicing rights
    691       3.0 years     Accelerated basis
Non-compete agreements
    678       1.4 years     Straight-line
                     
Total
  $ 9,804              
                     


60


Table of Contents

 
The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of Chemical and OAK presents results as if the acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of each period indicated. The unaudited pro forma combined results of operations are presented solely for information purposes and are not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations that Chemical would have reported had this transaction been completed as of the dates and for the periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results. In particular, no adjustments have been made to eliminate the amount of OAK’s provision for loan losses incurred prior to the acquisition date that would not have been necessary had the acquired loans been recorded at fair value as of the beginning of each period indicated. In accordance with SEC Regulation S-X, Article 11, transaction costs directly attributable to the acquisition have been excluded.
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Results of Operations
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 223,821     $ 234,329  
Interest expense
    41,852       57,095  
                 
Net interest income
    181,969       177,234  
Provision for loan losses
    48,800       69,050  
                 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    133,169       108,184  
Noninterest income
    47,255       51,917  
Operating expenses
    141,232       144,696  
                 
Income before income taxes
    39,192       15,405  
Federal income tax expense
    10,690       2,402  
                 
Net income
  $ 28,502     $ 13,003  
                 
Net income per common share:
               
Basic
  $ 1.04     $ 0.47  
Diluted
    1.04       0.47  
Weighted average shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    27,436       27,420  
Diluted
    27,466       27,439  


61


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 3 — INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The following is a summary of the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale and investment securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                                 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                               
Government sponsored agencies
  $ 117,167     $ 394     $ 40     $ 117,521  
State and political subdivisions
    45,951       326       231       46,046  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    132,683       4,439       187       136,935  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    233,202       911       192       233,921  
Corporate bonds
    43,115       99       467       42,747  
Preferred stock
    1,389       51             1,440  
                                 
Total
  $ 573,507     $ 6,220     $ 1,117     $ 578,610  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
Government sponsored agencies
  $ 190,920     $ 1,228     $ 163     $ 191,985  
State and political subdivisions
    3,506       56             3,562  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    150,325       4,174       294       154,205  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    223,806       298       346       223,758  
Corporate bonds
    19,260       209       458       19,011  
                                 
Total
  $ 587,817     $ 5,965     $ 1,261     $ 592,521  
                                 
 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity:
                                 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                               
State and political subdivisions
  $ 154,900     $ 2,106     $ 1,758     $ 155,248  
Trust preferred securities
    10,500             6,560       3,940  
                                 
Total
  $ 165,400     $ 2,106     $ 8,318     $ 159,188  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
State and political subdivisions
  $ 120,447     $ 1,954     $ 679     $ 121,722  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    350       33             383  
Trust preferred securities
    10,500             6,875       3,625  
                                 
Total
  $ 131,297     $ 1,987     $ 7,554     $ 125,730  
                                 
 
The majority of the Corporation’s residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are backed by a U.S. government agency (Government National Mortgage Association) or a government sponsored enterprise (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association or Federal National Mortgage Association).
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation held $10.5 million of trust preferred investment securities that were recorded as held-to-maturity, with $10.0 million of these securities representing a 100% interest in a trust preferred investment security of a small non-public bank holding company in Michigan that has been assessed by the Corporation as financially strong. The remaining $0.5 million represents a 10% interest in another trust preferred investment security of a small non-public bank holding company located in Michigan that incurred net losses in both 2010 and 2009, although remained well-capitalized under regulatory guidelines at December 31, 2010.


62


Table of Contents

 
At December 31, 2010, it was the Corporation’s opinion that the market for trust preferred investment securities was not active, and thus, in accordance with GAAP, when there is a significant decrease in the volume and activity for an asset or liability in relation to normal market activity, adjustments to transaction or quoted prices may be necessary or a change in valuation technique or multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. The fair values of the trust preferred investment securities were based upon a calculation of discounted cash flows. The cash flows were discounted based upon both observable inputs and appropriate risk adjustments that market participants would make for nonperformance, illiquidity and issuer specifics. An independent third party provided the Corporation with observable inputs based on the existing market and insight into appropriate rate of return adjustments that market participants would require for the additional risk associated with a single issue investment security of this nature. Using a model that incorporated the average current yield of publicly traded performing trust preferred securities of large financial institutions with no known material financial difficulties at December 31, 2010, and adjusted for both illiquidity and the specific characteristics of the issuer, such as size, leverage position and location, the Corporation calculated an implied yield of 38% on its $10.0 million trust preferred investment security and 28% for its $0.5 million trust preferred investment security. Based upon these implied yields, the fair values of the trust preferred investment securities were calculated by the Corporation at $3.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively, resulting in a combined impairment of $6.6 million. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation concluded that the $6.6 million of combined impairment on the trust preferred investment securities was temporary in nature.
 
The following is a summary of the amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2010, by maturity, for both available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities. The maturities of residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are based on scheduled principal payments. The maturities of all other debt securities are based on final contractual maturity.
 
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 202,421     $ 203,847  
Due after one year through five years
    257,662       259,650  
Due after five years through ten years
    70,216       70,824  
Due after ten years
    41,819       42,849  
Preferred stock
    1,389       1,440  
                 
Total
  $ 573,507     $ 578,610  
                 
 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity:
                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 18,259     $ 18,313  
Due after one year through five years
    65,394       66,102  
Due after five years through ten years
    50,290       50,187  
Due after ten years
    31,457       24,586  
                 
Total
  $ 165,400     $ 159,188  
                 
 


63


Table of Contents

 
The following schedule summarizes information for both available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010 and 2009, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. Investment securities acquired in the OAK transaction were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date of April 30, 2010, and are included in the following schedule based upon the length of time that individual securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position since the OAK acquisition date.
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Government sponsored agencies
  $ 20,117     $ 40     $     $     $ 20,117     $ 40  
State and political subdivisions
    71,900       1,863       3,800       126       75,700       1,989  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    26,117       187                   26,117       187  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    57,556       170       9,616       22       67,172       192  
Corporate bonds
    24,683       317       2,341       150       27,024       467  
Trust preferred securities
                3,940       6,560       3,940       6,560  
                                                 
Total
  $ 200,373     $ 2,577     $ 19,697     $ 6,858     $ 220,070     $ 9,435  
                                                 
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Less Than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
          Gross
          Gross
          Gross
 
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
 
Government sponsored agencies
  $ 47,633     $ 163     $     $     $ 47,633     $ 163  
State and political subdivisions
    30,959       530       1,955       149       32,914       679  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    26,709       294                   26,709       294  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    100,832       311       9,364       35       110,196       346  
Corporate bonds
    218       6       2,031       452       2,249       458  
Trust preferred securities
                3,625       6,875       3,625       6,875  
                                                 
Total
  $ 206,351     $ 1,304     $ 16,975     $ 7,511     $ 223,326     $ 8,815  
                                                 
 
An assessment is performed quarterly by the Corporation to determine whether unrealized losses in its investment securities portfolio are temporary or other-than-temporary by carefully considering all available information. The Corporation reviews factors such as financial statements, credit ratings, news releases and other pertinent information of the underlying issuer or company to make its determination. Management did not believe any individual unrealized loss on any investment security, as of December 31, 2010, represented an OTTI. Management believed that the unrealized losses on investment securities at December 31, 2010 were temporary in nature and due primarily to changes in interest rates, increased credit spreads and reduced market liquidity and not as a result of credit-related issues. Unrealized losses of $6.6 million in the trust preferred securities portfolio, related to trust preferred securities of two well-capitalized bank holding companies in Michigan, were attributable to illiquidity in certain financial markets. The Corporation performed an analysis of the creditworthiness of these issuers and concluded that, at December 31, 2010, the Corporation expected to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these investment securities.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Corporation did not have the intent to sell any of its impaired investment securities and believed that it was more-likely-than-not that the Corporation will not have to sell any such investment securities before a full recovery of amortized cost. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2010, the Corporation believed the impairments in its investment securities portfolio were temporary in nature. Additionally, no impairment loss was realized in the Corporation’s consolidated statement of income for 2010. However, there is no assurance that OTTI may not occur in the future.
 
Investment securities with a book value of $435.2 million at December 31, 2010 were pledged to secure public fund deposits, short-term borrowings and for other purposes as required by law; at December 31, 2009, the corresponding amount was $452.9 million.


64


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 4 — LOANS
 
The Corporation monitors and assesses the credit risk of its loan portfolio using the classes set forth below. These classes also represent the segments by which the Corporation monitors the performance of its loan portfolio and estimates its allowance for loan losses.
 
Commercial — Loans to varying types of businesses, including municipalities, school districts and nonprofit organizations, for the purpose of supporting working capital, operational needs and term financing of equipment. Repayment of such loans is generally provided through operating cash flows of the business. Commercial loans are predominately secured by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, personal guarantees of the owner and other sources of repayment, although the Corporation may also secure commercial loans with real estate.
 
Real estate commercial — Loans secured by real estate occupied by the borrower for ongoing operations, non-owner occupied real estate leased to one or more tenants and vacant land that has been acquired for investment or future land development.
 
Real estate construction — Secured loans for the construction of business properties. Real estate construction loans often convert to a real estate commercial loan at the completion of the construction period.
 
Land development — Secured development loans are made to borrowers for the purpose of infrastructure improvements to vacant land to create finished marketable residential and commercial lots/land. Most land development loans are originated with the intention that the loans will be paid through the sale of developed lots/land by the developers within twelve months of the completion date. Land development loans at December 31, 2010 were primarily comprised of loans to develop residential properties.
 
Real estate residential — Loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties generally with fixed interest rates of fifteen years or less. The loan-to-value ratio at the time of origination is generally 80% or less. Real estate residential loans with a loan-to-value ratio of more than 80% generally require private mortgage insurance.
 
Consumer installment — Loans to consumers primarily for the purpose of home improvements and acquiring automobiles, recreational vehicles and boats. These loans consist of relatively small amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers.
 
Home equity — Loans whereby consumers utilize equity in their personal residence, generally through a second mortgage, as collateral to secure the loan.
 
Commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans are referred to as the Corporation’s commercial loan portfolio, while real estate residential, consumer installment and home equity loans are referred to as the Corporation’s consumer loan portfolio.
 
A summary of loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Commercial loan portfolio:
               
Commercial
  $ 818,997     $ 584,286  
Real estate commercial
    1,076,971       785,675  
Real estate construction
    89,234       74,742  
Land development
    53,386       46,563  
                 
Subtotal
    2,038,588       1,491,266  
                 
Consumer loan portfolio:
               
Real estate residential
    798,046       739,380  
Consumer installment
    503,132       485,360  
Home equity
    341,896       277,154  
                 
Subtotal
    1,643,074       1,501,894  
                 
Total loans
  $ 3,681,662     $ 2,993,160  
                 
 
Chemical Bank has extended loans to its directors, executive officers and their affiliates. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business upon normal terms, including collateralization and interest rates prevailing at the time and did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment by the borrower. The aggregate loans outstanding to the directors, executive officers and their affiliates totaled approximately $14.6 million at December 31, 2010 and $18.4 million at December 31, 2009. During 2010 and 2009, there were $23.5 million and $28.3 million, respectively, of new loans and other additions, while repayments and other reductions totaled $27.3 million and $24.8 million, respectively.


65


Table of Contents

 
Loans held for sale, comprised of fixed-rate real estate residential loans, were $20.5 million at December 31, 2010 and $8.4 million at December 31, 2009. The Corporation sold real estate residential loans totaling $275 million in 2010 and $361 million in 2009. The only loans purchased by the Corporation during 2010 were those acquired in the OAK acquisition, as discussed in Note 2. There were no loans purchased in 2009.
 
Credit Quality Monitoring
 
The Corporation maintains loan policies and credit underwriting standards as part of the process of managing credit risk. These standards include making loans generally only within the Corporation’s market areas. The Corporation’s lending markets generally consist of communities across the middle to southern and western sections of the lower peninsula of Michigan. The Corporation’s lending market areas do not include the southeastern portion of Michigan. The Corporation has no foreign loans.
 
The Corporation has a loan approval process involving underwriting and individual and group loan approval authorities to consider credit quality and loss exposure at loan origination. The loans in the Corporation’s commercial loan portfolio are risk rated at origination based on the grading system set forth below. The approval authority of relationship managers is established based on experience levels, with credit decisions greater than $1.0 million requiring group loan authority approval, except for four executive and senior officers who have varying limits exceeding $1.0 million and up to $2.5 million. With respect to the group loan authorities, the Corporation has a loan committee, consisting of certain executive and senior officers, that meets weekly to consider loans in the amount of $1.0 million to $2.5 million. A directors’ loan committee, consisting of ten members of the board of directors, including the chief executive officer, and the senior credit officer, meets bi-weekly to consider loans in the amount of $2.5 million to $10 million. Loans over $10 million require the approval of the board of directors.
 
The majority of the Corporation’s consumer loan portfolio is comprised of secured loans that are relatively small and are evaluated at origination on a centralized basis against standardized underwriting criteria. The ongoing measurement of credit quality of the consumer loan portfolio is largely done on an exception basis. If payments are made on schedule, as agreed, then no further monitoring is performed. However, if delinquency occurs, the delinquent loans are turned over to the Corporation’s collection department for resolution, which generally occurs fairly rapidly and often through repossession and foreclosure. Credit quality for the entire consumer loan portfolio is measured by the periodic delinquency rate, nonaccrual amounts and actual losses incurred.
 
Loans in the commercial loan portfolio tend to be larger and more complex than those in the consumer loan portfolio, and therefore, are subject to more intensive monitoring. All loans in the commercial loan portfolio have an assigned relationship manager, and most borrowers provide periodic financial and operating information that allows the relationship managers to stay abreast of credit quality during the life of the loans. The risk ratings of loans in the commercial loan portfolio are reassessed at least annually, with loans below an acceptable risk rating reassessed more frequently and reviewed by various loan committees within the Corporation at least quarterly.
 
The Corporation maintains a centralized independent loan review function that monitors the approval process and on-going asset quality of the loan portfolio, including the accuracy of loan grades. The Corporation also maintains an independent appraisal review function that participates in the review of all appraisals obtained by the Corporation.


66


Table of Contents

 
Credit Quality Indicators
 
The Corporation uses a nine grade risk rating system to monitor the ongoing credit quality of its commercial loan portfolio. These loan grades rank the credit quality of a borrower by measuring liquidity, debt capacity, coverage and payment behavior as shown in the borrower’s financial statements. The loan grades also measure the quality of the borrower’s management and the repayment support offered by any guarantors. A summary of the Corporation’s loan grades (or, characteristics of the loans within each grade) follows:
 
Risk Grades 1-5 (Acceptable Credit Quality) — All loans in risk grades 1 — 5 are considered to be acceptable credit risks by the Corporation and are grouped for purposes of allowance for loan loss considerations and financial reporting. The five grades essentially represent a ranking of loans that are all viewed to be of acceptable credit quality, taking into consideration the various factors mentioned above, but with varying degrees of financial strength, debt coverage, management and factors that could impact credit quality. Business credits within risk grades 1 — 5 range from Risk Grade 1: Prime Quality (factors include: excellent business credit; excellent debt capacity and coverage; outstanding management; strong guarantors; superior liquidity and net worth; favorable loan-to-value ratios; debt secured by cash or equivalents, or backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) to Risk Grade 5: Acceptable Quality With Care (factors include: acceptable business credit, but with added risk due to specific industry or internal situations).
 
Risk Grade 6 (Watch) — A business credit that is not acceptable within the Corporation’s loan origination criteria; cash flow may not be adequate or is continually inconsistent to service current debt; financial condition has deteriorated as company trends/management have become inconsistent; the company is slow in furnishing quality financial information; working capital needs of the company are reliant on short-term borrowings; personal guarantees are weak and/or with little or no liquidity; the net worth of the company has deteriorated after recent or continued losses; the loan requires constant monitoring and attention from the Corporation; payment delinquencies becoming more serious; if left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may, at some future date, result in deterioration of repayment prospects.
 
Risk Grade 7 (Substandard — Accrual) — A business credit that is inadequately protected by the current financial net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any; management has deteriorated or has become non-existent; quality financial information is unattainable; a high level of maintenance is required by the Corporation; cash flow can no longer support debt requirements; loan payments are continually and/or severely delinquent; negative net worth; personal guaranty has become insignificant; a credit that has a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. The Corporation still expects a full recovery of all contractual principal and interest payments; however, a possibility exists that the Corporation will sustain some loss if deficiencies are not corrected.
 
Risk Grade 8 (Substandard — Nonaccrual) — A business credit accounted for on a nonaccrual basis that has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan classified as risk grade 7 with the added characteristic that the weaknesses are so pronounced that, on the basis of current financial information, conditions, and values, collection in full is highly questionable; a partial loss is possible and interest is no longer being accrued. This loan meets the definition of an impaired loan. The risk of loss requires analysis to determine whether a valuation allowance needs to be established.
 
Risk Grade 9 (Substandard — Doubtful) — A business credit that has all the weaknesses inherent in a loan classified as risk grade 8 and interest is no longer being accrued, but additional deficiencies make it highly probable that liquidation will not satisfy the majority of the obligation; the primary source of repayment is nonexistent and there is doubt as to the value of the secondary source of repayment; the possibility of loss is likely, but current pending factors could strengthen the credit. This loan meets the definition of an impaired loan. A loan charge-off is recorded when management deems an amount uncollectible; however, the Corporation will establish a valuation allowance for probable losses, if required.
 
The Corporation considers all loans graded 1-5 as acceptable credit risks and structures and manages such relationships accordingly. Periodic financial and operating data combined with regular loan officer interactions are deemed adequate to monitor borrower performance. Loans with risk grades of 6 and 7 are considered “watch credits” and the frequency of loan officer contact and receipt of financial data is increased to stay abreast of borrower performance. Loans with risk grades of 8 and 9 are considered problematic and require special care. Further, loans with risk grades of 6-9 are managed and monitored regularly through a number of processes, procedures and committees, including oversight by a loan administration committee comprised of executive and senior management of the Corporation, which includes highly structured reporting of financial and operating data, intensive loan officer intervention and strategies to exit, as well as potential management by the Corporation’s special assets group.


67


Table of Contents

 
The following schedule presents the recorded investment of loans in the commercial loan portfolio by risk rating categories at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    Commercial Loan Portfolio Credit Exposure
 
    Credit Risk Profile by Creditworthiness Category  
          Real Estate
    Real Estate
    Land
       
    Commercial     Commercial     Construction     Development     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Originated Portfolio:
                                       
Risk Grades 1-5
  $ 619,150     $ 656,471     $ 67,907     $ 15,797     $ 1,359,325  
Risk Grade 6
    22,173       39,653       737       8,935       71,498  
Risk Grade 7
    16,480       35,471       551       983       53,485  
Risk Grade 8
    16,061       57,287             6,537       79,885  
Risk Grade 9
    607       3,271             2,430       6,308  
                                         
Total
  $ 674,471     $ 792,153     $ 69,195     $ 34,682     $ 1,570,501  
                                         
Acquired Portfolio:
                                       
Risk Grades 1-5
  $ 119,943     $ 249,495     $ 19,796     $ 12,667     $ 401,901  
Risk Grade 6
    10,236       18,202                   28,438  
Risk Grade 7
    6,050       14,896             457       21,403  
Risk Grade 8
    8,282       2,225       243       5,580       16,330  
Risk Grade 9
    15                         15  
                                         
Total
  $ 144,526     $ 284,818     $ 20,039     $ 18,704     $ 468,087  
                                         
 
The Corporation evaluates the credit quality of loans in the consumer loan portfolio, based primarily on the aging status of the loan and payment activity. Accordingly, nonaccrual loans, loans past due as to principal or interest 90 days or more and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings of the originated portfolio and acquired loans past due in accordance with the loans’ original contractual terms are considered in a nonperforming status for purposes of credit quality evaluation. The following schedule presents the recorded investment of loans in the consumer loan portfolio based on the credit risk profile of loans in a performing status and loans in a nonperforming status at December 31, 2010:
 
                                 
    Consumer Loan Portfolio Credit Exposure
 
    Credit Risk Profile Based on
 
    Aging Status and Payment Activity  
    Real Estate
    Consumer
          Total
 
    Residential     Installment     Home Equity     Consumer  
    (In thousands)  
 
Originated Loans:
                               
Performing
  $ 733,461     $ 495,203     $ 286,854     $ 1,515,518  
Nonperforming
    37,638       1,846       3,895       43,379  
                                 
Total
  $ 771,099     $ 497,049     $ 290,749     $ 1,558,897  
                                 
Acquired Loans:
                               
Performing
  $ 25,406     $ 6,083     $ 50,873     $ 82,362  
Nonperforming
    1,541             274       1,815  
                                 
Total
  $ 26,947     $ 6,083     $ 51,147     $ 84,177  
                                 


68


Table of Contents

 
Nonperforming Loans
 
Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal payments and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings of the originated portfolio. Due to the application of ASC 310-30, nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010 do not include $21.4 million of acquired loans that were not performing in accordance with the loans’ contractual terms as a market yield adjustment was recognized on these loans in interest income. Accordingly, the Corporation recognized $0.7 million of interest income on these acquired loans during 2010. The risk of credit loss on acquired loans was recognized as part of the fair value adjustment at the acquisition date.
 
A summary of nonperforming loans follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Nonaccrual loans:
                       
Commercial
  $ 16,668     $ 19,309     $ 16,324  
Real estate commercial
    60,558       49,419       27,344  
Real estate construction and land development
    8,967       15,184       15,310  
Real estate residential
    12,083       15,508       12,175  
Consumer installment and home equity
    4,686       7,169       5,313  
                         
Total nonaccrual loans
    102,962       106,589       76,466  
Accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more
as to interest or principal payments:
                       
Commercial
    530       1,371       1,652  
Real estate commercial
    1,350       3,971       9,995  
Real estate construction and land development
    1,220       1,990       759  
Real estate residential
    3,253       3,614       3,369  
Consumer installment and home equity
    1,055       787       1,087  
                         
Total accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more
as to interest or principal payments
    7,408       11,733       16,862  
Loans modified under troubled debt restructurings:
                       
Commercial and real estate commercial
    15,057              
Real estate residential
    22,302       17,433        
                         
Total loans modified under troubled debt restructurings
    37,359       17,433        
                         
Total nonperforming loans
  $ 147,729     $ 135,755     $ 93,328  
                         
 
There was no interest income recognized on nonaccrual loans during 2010, 2009 and 2008 while the loans were in nonaccrual status. During 2010, the Corporation recognized $1.1 million of interest income on these loans while they were in an accruing status. Additional interest income that would have been recorded on these loans had they been current in accordance with their original terms was $5.9 million in 2010, $6.1 million in 2009 and $3.7 million in 2008. During 2010, the Corporation recognized interest income of $0.9 million on loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-commercial and commercial real estate and $0.9 million on loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-residential.
 
The Corporation’s loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-commercial and real estate commercial generally consist of allowing commercial borrowers to defer scheduled principal payments and make interest only payments for a specified period of time at the stated interest rate of the original loan agreement or lower payments due to a modification of the loan’s contractual term. The Corporation does not expect to incur a loss on these loans based on its assessment of the borrowers’ expected cash flows, and accordingly, no additional provision for loan losses has been recognized related to these loans. Additionally, these loans are individually evaluated for impairment and transferred to nonaccrual status when it is probable that any remaining principal and interest payments due on the loan will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan.
 
The Corporation’s loans modified under troubled debt restructurings-real estate residential generally consist of reducing a borrower’s monthly payments by decreasing the interest rate charged on the loan for a specified period of time (generally 24 months). The Corporation recognized $0.6 million and $0.8 million of additional provision for loan losses during 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to impairment on these loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. These loans are moved to nonaccrual status when the loan becomes 90 days past due as to principal or interest and sooner if conditions warrant.
 
At December 31, 2010, there were $1.7 million of commercial loans and $3.3 million of real estate residential loans included in loans modified under troubled debt restructurings that were past due 31 to 89 days and none past due 90 days or more.


69


Table of Contents

 
Impaired Loans
 
Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans and loans modified under troubled debt restructurings of the originated portfolio, which totaled $140.3 million at December 31, 2010. Impaired loans also include acquired loans that were not performing in accordance with their contractual terms, which totaled $21.4 million at December 31, 2010.
 
The following schedule presents impaired loans by portfolio segment/class at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
                            Interest
 
                      Average
    Income
 
          Unpaid
    Related
    Annual
    Recognized
 
    Recorded
    Principal
    Valuation
    Recorded
    While on
 
    Investment     Balance     Allowance     Investment     Impaired Status  
    (In thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:
                                       
Commercial
  $ 8,289     $ 8,675     $ 2,947     $ 12,035     $  
Real estate commercial
    34,681       35,744       11,356       30,764        
Real estate construction
                             
Land development
    1,881       1,984       663       2,939        
Real estate residential
    22,302       22,302       806       18,890       878  
                                         
Subtotal
    67,153       68,705       15,772       64,628       878  
                                         
Impaired loans with no related valuation allowance:
                                       
Commercial
    28,597       39,927             18,030       1,114  
Real estate commercial
    38,689       51,722             36,629       371  
Real estate construction
                             
Land development
    10,498       15,039             9,888       84  
Real estate residential
    12,083       12,083             11,989        
Consumer installment
    1,751       1,751             1,691        
Home equity
    2,935       2,935             2,834        
                                         
Subtotal
    94,553       123,457             81,061       1,569  
                                         
Total impaired loans:
                                       
Commercial
    36,886       48,602       2,947       30,065       1,114  
Real estate commercial
    73,370       87,466       11,356       67,393       371  
Real estate construction
                             
Land development
    12,379       17,023       663       12,827       84  
Real estate residential
    34,385       34,385       806       30,879       878  
Consumer installment
    1,751       1,751             1,691        
Home equity
    2,935       2,935             2,834        
                                         
Total
  $ 161,706     $ 192,162     $ 15,772     $ 145,689     $ 2,447  
                                         
 
The difference between a loan’s recorded investment and the unpaid principal balance represents either (a) for impaired loans of the originated portfolio, a partial charge-off resulting from a confirmed loss due to the value of the collateral securing the loan being below the loan balance and management’s assessment that the full collection of the loan balance is not likely or (b) for acquired loans that meet the definition of an impaired loan, fair value adjustments recognized at the acquisition date attributable to expected credit losses and the discounting of expected cash flows at market interest rates. The difference between the recorded investment and the unpaid principal balance of $30.5 million at December 31, 2010 includes confirmed losses (partial charge-offs) of $19.8 million and fair value discount adjustments of $10.7 million. At December 31, 2010, there was no valuation allowance required for acquired loans, as no material changes in expected cash flows had occurred since the acquisition date.


70


Table of Contents

 
The following schedule presents a summary of impaired loans between those with and without a valuation allowance at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:
                       
Commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development
  $ 44,851     $ 38,217     $ 30,306  
Real estate residential
    22,302       17,433        
                         
Subtotal
    67,153       55,650       30,306  
                         
Impaired loans with no valuation allowance:
                       
Commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development
    77,784       45,695       28,672  
Real estate residential
    12,083       15,508       12,175  
Consumer installment and home equity
    4,686       7,169       5,313  
                         
Subtotal
    94,553       68,372       46,160  
                         
Total
  $ 161,706     $ 124,022     $ 76,466  
                         
Average balance of impaired loans during the year
  $ 145,689     $ 110,895     $ 67,727  
                         
 
A summary of the valuation allowance on impaired loans follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Valuation allowance on impaired commercial portfolio loans
  $ 14,966     $ 10,507     $ 9,179  
Valuation allowance on impaired real estate residential loans
    806       681        
                         
Total
  $ 15,772     $ 11,188     $ 9,179  
                         
 
The following schedule presents the aging status of the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment/class at December 31, 2010.
 
                                                         
                Accruing
                         
                Loans
                         
    31-59
    60-89
    Past Due
                         
    Days
    Days
    90 Days
    Nonaccrual
    Total
          Total
 
    Past Due     Past Due     or More     Loans     Past Due     Current     Loans  
    (In thousands)  
 
Originated Portfolio:
                                                       
Commercial
  $ 6,788     $ 3,645     $ 530     $ 16,668     $ 27,631     $ 646,840     $ 674,471  
Real estate commercial
    9,960       4,139       1,350       60,558       76,007       716,146       792,153  
Real estate construction
    689                         689       68,506       69,195  
Land development
          119       1,220       8,967       10,306       24,376       34,682  
Real estate residential
    1,126       6,610       3,253       12,083       23,072       748,027       771,099  
Consumer installment
    6,179       1,741       95       1,751       9,766       487,283       497,049  
Home equity
    3,046       825       960       2,935       7,766       282,983       290,749  
                                                         
Total
  $ 27,788     $ 17,079     $ 7,408     $ 102,962     $ 155,237     $ 2,974,161     $ 3,129,398  
                                                         
Acquired Portfolio:
                                                       
Commercial
  $ 131     $ 64     $ 10,445     $     $ 10,640     $ 133,886     $ 144,526  
Real estate commercial
    993             3,302             4,295       280,523       284,818  
Real estate construction
    736             243             979       19,060       20,039  
Land development
    2,697             5,580             8,277       10,427       18,704  
Real estate residential
    685             1,541             2,226       24,721       26,947  
Consumer installment
    19       43                   62       6,021       6,083  
Home equity
    85       34       274             393       50,754       51,147  
                                                         
Total
  $ 5,346     $ 141     $ 21,385     $     $ 26,872     $ 525,392     $ 552,264  
                                                         


71


Table of Contents

 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses (allowance) provides for probable losses in the originated loan portfolio that have been identified with specific customer relationships and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the remainder of the originated loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified. The allowance is comprised of specific allowances (assessed for originated loans that have known credit weaknesses), pooled allowances based on assigned risk ratings and historical loan loss experience for each loan type, and an unallocated allowance for imprecision in the subjective nature of the specific and pooled allowance methodology. Management evaluates the allowance on a quarterly basis in an effort to ensure the level is adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio.
 
The Corporation’s allowance at December 31, 2010 did not include losses inherent in the acquired loan portfolio, as an allowance was not carried over on the date of acquisition. The acquired loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition, with the estimated fair value including a component for estimated credit losses. A portion of the allowance, however, may be set aside in the future, related to the acquired loans, if an acquired loan pool experiences a decrease in expected cash flows as compared to those projected at the acquisition date. An allowance related to acquired loans was not required at December 31, 2010 due to no material changes in expected cash flows since the date of acquisition.
 
Changes in the allowance were as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of year:
  $ 80,841     $ 57,056     $ 39,422  
Provision for loan losses
    45,600       59,000       49,200  
Loan charge-offs
    (40,486 )     (38,686 )     (33,942 )
Loan recoveries
    3,575       3,471       2,376  
                         
Net loan charge-offs
    (36,911 )     (35,215 )     (31,566 )
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 89,530     $ 80,841     $ 57,056  
                         
 
In determining the allowance and the related provision for loan losses, the Corporation considers four principal elements: (i) valuation allowances based upon probable losses identified during the review of impaired commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans, (ii) allocations established for adversely-rated commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans and nonaccrual real estate residential, consumer installment and home equity loans, (iii) allocations, by loan classes, on all other loans based principally on the most recent three years of historical loan loss experience and loan loss trends and (iv) an unallocated allowance based on the imprecision in the overall allowance methodology.
 
The first element reflects the Corporation’s estimate of probable losses based upon the systematic review of impaired commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction and land development loans in the originated portfolio. These estimates are based upon a number of objective factors, such as payment history, financial condition of the borrower and discounted collateral exposure. The Corporation measures the investment in an impaired loan based on one of three methods: the loan’s observable market price; the fair value of the collateral; or, the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. At December 31, 2010 loans in the commercial loan portfolio that were in nonaccrual status were valued based on the fair value of the collateral securing the loan, while the impaired loans in the commercial loan portfolio that were modified under troubled debt restructurings and in an accrual status were valued based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. It is the Corporation’s general policy to, at least annually, obtain new appraisals on impaired loans that are primarily secured by real estate. When the Corporation determines that the fair value of the collateral is less than the carrying value of an impaired loan on nonaccrual status and a portion is deemed not collectible, the portion of the impairment that is deemed not collectible is charged off (confirmed loss) and deducted from the allowance. The remaining carrying value of the impaired loan is classified as a nonperforming loan. When the Corporation determines that the fair value of the collateral is less than the carrying value of an impaired loan but believes it is probable it will recover this impairment, the Corporation establishes a valuation allowance for such impairment.
 
The second element reflects the application of the Corporation’s loan grade risk rating system. This risk rating system is similar to those employed by state and federal banking regulators. Loans in the commercial loan portfolio that are risk rated below a certain predetermined risk grade and nonaccrual real estate residential and nonaccrual consumer installment and home equity loans are assigned a loss allocation factor that is based upon a historical analysis of actual loan losses incurred and a valuation of the type of collateral securing the loans.


72


Table of Contents

 
The third element is determined by assigning allocations based principally upon the three-year average of loss experience for each class of loan. Average losses may be adjusted based on current loan loss experience and delinquency trends. This component considers the lagging impact of historical charge-off ratios in periods where future loan charge-offs are expected to increase or decrease, trends in delinquencies and nonaccrual loans, the changing portfolio mix in terms of collateral, average loan balance, loan growth and the degree of seasoning in the various loan portfolios. Loan loss analyses are performed quarterly.
 
The fourth element is based on factors that cannot be associated with a specific credit or loan class and reflects an attempt to ensure that the overall allowance appropriately reflects a margin for the imprecision necessarily inherent in the estimates of loan losses. Management maintains an unallocated allowance to recognize the uncertainty and imprecision underlying the process of estimating inherent loan losses in the loan portfolio. Determination of the probable losses inherent in the portfolio, which are not necessarily captured by the allocation methodology discussed above, involves the exercise of judgment. The unallocated allowance associated with the imprecision in the risk rating system is based on a historical evaluation of the accuracy of the risk ratings associated with loans. This unallocated portion of the allowance is judgmentally determined and generally serves to compensate for the uncertainty in estimating inherent losses, particularly in times of changing economic conditions, and also considers the possibility of improper risk ratings. The unallocated portion of the allowance also takes into consideration economic conditions within the State of Michigan and nationwide, including unemployment levels, industry-wide loan delinquency rates, and declining commercial and residential real estate values and historically high inventory levels of residential lots, condominiums and single family houses held for sale.
 
Acquired loans are aggregated into pools based upon common risk characteristics. On a quarterly basis, the expected future cash flow of each pool is estimated based on various factors including changes in property values of collateral dependent loans, default rates, loss severities and prepayment speeds. Decreases in estimates of expected cash flows within a pool generally result in a charge to the provision for loan losses and a corresponding increase in the allowance allocated to acquired loans for the particular pool. Increases in estimates of expected cash flows within a pool generally result in first a reduction in the allowance allocated to acquired loans for the particular pool, and then as an adjustment to the accretable yield for the pool, which will increase amounts recognized in interest income in subsequent periods.
 
The following schedule presents, by loan portfolio segment/class, the changes in the allowance for the year ended December 31, 2010 and details regarding the balance in the allowance and the recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2010 by impairment evaluation method.
 
                                                                                 
    Commercial Loan Portfolio     Consumer Loan Portfolio                    
          Real Estate
    Real Estate
    Land
    Real Estate
    Consumer
    Home
                   
    Commercial     Commercial     Construction     Development     Residential     Installment     Equity     Subtotal     Unallocated     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Changes in allowance for loan losses in 2010:
Beginning balance
  $ 19,078     $ 23,964     $ 1,388     $ 3,809     $ 13,627     $ 11,554     $ 5,726     $ 79,146     $ 1,695     $ 80,841  
Provision for loan losses
    10,663       19,061       905       988       4,616       3,872       4,441       44,546       1,054       45,600  
Charge-offs
    (8,430 )     (10,811 )     (755 )     (1,784 )     (8,041 )     (6,289 )     (4,376 )     (40,486 )           (40,486 )
Recoveries
    921       426             20       543       1,604       61       3,575             3,575  
                                                                                 
Ending balance
  $ 22,232     $ 32,640     $ 1,538     $ 3,033     $ 10,745     $ 10,741     $ 5,852     $ 86,781     $ 2,749     $ 89,530  
                                                                                 
                                                                                  
Allowance for loan losses balance at December 31, 2010 attributable to:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 2,947     $ 11,356     $     $ 663     $ 806     $     $     $ 15,772     $     $ 15,772  
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
    19,285       21,284       1,538       2,370       9,939       10,741       5,852       71,009       2,749       73,758  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)
                                                           
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 22,232     $ 32,640     $ 1,538     $ 3,033     $ 10,745     $ 10,741     $ 5,852     $ 86,781     $ 2,749     $ 89,530  
                                                                                 
                                                                                  
Recorded investment (loan balance) at December 31, 2010:
Loans individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 21,982     $ 70,301     $     $ 8,967     $ 22,302     $     $     $ 123,552     $     $ 123,552  
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment
    652,489       721,852       69,195       25,715       748,797       497,049       290,749       3,005,846             3,005,846  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality(1)
    144,526       284,818       20,039       18,704       26,947       6,083       51,147       552,264             552,264  
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 818,997     $ 1,076,971     $ 89,234     $ 53,386     $ 798,046     $ 503,132     $ 341,896     $ 3,681,662     $     $ 3,681,662  
                                                                                 
 
(1) Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality and loans that the Corporation elected to apply ASC 310-30 by analogy were originally recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and the risk of credit loss was recognized at that date based on estimates of expected cash flows. There have been no material changes in expected cash flows since the acquisition date.


73


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 5 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
A summary of premises and equipment follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Land
  $ 17,344     $ 11,787  
Buildings
    78,286       69,864  
Equipment
    51,123       47,890  
                 
      146,753       129,541  
Accumulated depreciation
    (80,792 )     (75,607 )
                 
Total Premises and Equipment
  $ 65,961     $ 53,934  
                 
 
NOTE 6 — GOODWILL
 
Goodwill was $113.4 million at December 31, 2010 and $69.9 million at December 31, 2009. During 2010, the Corporation acquired OAK, which resulted in the recognition of $43.5 million of goodwill. Goodwill recognized in the OAK transaction was primarily attributable to the synergies and economies of scale expected from combining the operations of the Corporation and OAK. No amount of goodwill recorded in conjunction with the OAK acquisition is deductible for tax purposes. The Corporation’s goodwill impairment review is performed annually as of September 30 of each year by management, or more frequently if triggering events occur and indicate potential impairment, and is additionally reviewed by an independent third-party appraisal firm. The Corporation determined that no triggering events occurred that indicated impairment from the most recent valuation date through December 31, 2010. The income and market approach methodologies prescribed in FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), were utilized to estimate the value of the Corporation’s goodwill. The income approach quantifies the present value of future economic benefits by capitalizing or discounting the cash flows of a business. This approach considers projected dividends, earnings, dividend paying capacity and future residual value. The market approach estimates the fair value of the entity by comparing it to similar companies that have recently been acquired or companies that are publicly traded on an organized exchange. The market approach includes a comparison of the financial condition of the entity against the financial characteristics and pricing information of comparable companies. Based on the results of these valuations, the Corporation’s goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
 
NOTE 7 — OTHER ACQUIRED INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
The following sets forth the carrying amounts, accumulated amortization and amortization expense of other acquired intangible assets:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Original
    Accumulated
    Carrying
    Original
    Accumulated
    Carrying
 
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amount     Amortization     Amount  
    (In thousands)  
 
Core deposit intangible assets
  $ 26,468     $ 17,062     $ 9,406     $ 18,033     $ 15,702     $ 2,331  
Non-compete agreements
    678       345       333                    
                                                 
    $ 27,146     $ 17,407     $ 9,739     $ 18,033     $ 15,702     $ 2,331  
                                                 
 
In conjunction with the OAK acquisition in 2010, the Corporation recorded $8.4 million in core deposit intangible assets and $0.7 million in non-compete agreements during 2010. There were no additions of other acquired intangible assets during 2009.
 
Amortization expense on other acquired intangible assets for the years ended December 31 follows (in thousands):
         
2010
  $ 1,705  
2009
    719  
2008
    1,543  
 
Estimated amortization expense on other acquired intangible assets for the years ending December 31 follows (in thousands):
         
 
2011
  $ 1,860  
2012
    1,469  
2013
    1,309  
2014
    1,146  
2015
    1,066  
2016 and thereafter
    2,889  
         
Total
  $ 9,739  
         


74


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 8 — MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
 
For the three years ended December 31, 2010, activity for capitalized MSRs was as follows:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Beginning of year
  $ 3,077     $ 2,191     $ 2,283  
Acquired
    691              
Additions
    1,918       2,736       978  
Amortization
    (1,904 )     (1,850 )     (1,070 )
                         
End of year
  $ 3,782     $ 3,077     $ 2,191  
                         
Loans serviced for others that have servicing rights capitalized
  $ 891,937     $ 755,122     $ 604,478  
                         
Fair value of MSRs at end of year
  $ 5,674     $ 4,776     $ 2,287  
                         
 
The fair value of MSRs was estimated by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration expected prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors that are based on current market conditions. The prepayment rates and the discount rate are the most significant factors affecting valuation of the MSRs. Increases in mortgage loan prepayments reduce estimated future net servicing cash flows because the life of the underlying loan is reduced. Expected loan prepayment rates are validated by a third-party model. At December 31, 2010, the weighted average coupon rate of the portfolio was 5.25% and the discount rate was 8.4%.
 
During 2010 and 2009, the Corporation did not establish an MSR valuation allowance, as the estimated fair value of MSRs exceeded the recorded book value.
 
NOTE 9 — DEPOSITS
 
A summary of deposits follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 753,553     $ 573,159  
Interest-bearing demand
    855,327       623,510  
Savings
    1,129,839       934,413  
Time deposits over $100,000
    508,196       408,955  
Other time deposits
    1,084,850       878,088  
                 
Total deposits
  $ 4,331,765     $ 3,418,125  
                 
 
Excluded from total deposits are demand deposit account overdrafts (overdrafts) which have been classified as loans. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, overdrafts totaled $2.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Time deposits with remaining maturities of less than one year were $909.1 million at December 31, 2010. Time deposits with remaining maturities of one year or more were $683.9 million at December 31, 2010. The maturities of these time deposits are as follows: $311.3 million in 2012, $180.4 million in 2013, $80.2 million in 2014, $22.4 million in 2015 and $89.6 million thereafter.


75


Table of Contents

 
NOTE 10 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
 
A summary of short-term borrowings follows:
 
                                         
                            Maximum
 
          Weighted Average
    Average Amount
    Weighted Average
    Outstanding
 
    Ending
    Interest Rate At
    Outstanding
    Interest Rate
    At Any
 
    Balance     Year-End     During Year     During Year     Month-End  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                                       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 242,703       0.22 %   $ 249,725       0.26 %   $ 259,534  
                                         
December 31, 2009
                                       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 240,568       0.27 %   $ 232,185       0.39 %   $ 240,568  
                                         
December 31, 2008
                                       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 233,738       0.48 %   $ 196,155       1.09 %   $ 233,738  
                                         
FHLB advances — short-term
                8,593       0.93     $ 70,000  
                                         
Total
  $ 233,738       0.48 %   $ 204,748       1.08 %        
                                         
 
NOTE 11 — FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES
 
FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented below:

                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
          Weighted Average
          Weighted Average
 
    Ending
    Interest Rate
    Ending
    Interest Rate
 
    Balance     At Year-End     Balance     At Year-End  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Fixed-rate advances
  $ 74,130       3.07 %   $ 50,000       2.75 %
Convertible fixed-rate advances
                40,000       5.88  
                                 
Total FHLB advances
  $ 74,130       3.07 %   $ 90,000       4.14 %
                                 
 
FHLB advances, short-term and long-term, are collateralized by a blanket lien on qualified one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010, the carrying value of these loans was $743.6 million. FHLB advances totaled $74.1 million at December 31, 2010 and were comprised solely of long-term advances. On April 30, 2010, the Corporation acquired $35.9 million of FHLB advances in conjunction with the OAK acquisition, of which $24.1 million were outstanding at December 31, 2010. The Corporation’s additional borrowing availability through the FHLB, subject to the FHLB’s credit requirements and policies and based on the amount of FHLB stock owned by the Corporation, was $298.4 million at December 31, 2010.
 
Prepayments of fixed-rate advances are subject to prepayment penalties under the provisions and conditions of the credit policy of the FHLB. The Corporation did not incur any prepayment penalties in 2010, 2009 or 2008. The FHLB has the option to convert convertible fixed-rate advances to a variable interest rate each quarter. The Corporation has the option to prepay, without penalty, convertible fixed-rate advances when the FHLB exercises its option to convert to variable-rate advances. The FHLB did not exercise this option during 2010 or 2009.
 
The scheduled principal reductions on FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2010, including amortization of the unamortized fair value premium of $1.0 million attributable to the acquisition of OAK, were as follows (in thousands):

         
2011
  $ 31,073  
2012
    8,767  
2013
    28,025  
2014
    5,734  
2015
    531  
         
Total
  $ 74,130  
         


76


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 12 — EQUITY
 
Common Stock Repurchase Programs
 
From time to time, the board of directors approves common stock repurchase programs allowing management to repurchase shares of the Corporation’s common stock in the open market. The repurchased shares are available for later reissuance in connection with potential future stock dividends, the Corporation’s dividend reinvestment plan, employee benefit plans and other general corporate purposes. Under these programs, the timing and actual number of shares subject to repurchase are at the discretion of management and are contingent on a number of factors, including the projected parent company cash flow requirements and the Corporation’s market price per share. The following discussion summarizes the activity of the Corporation’s common stock repurchase programs during the three-year period ended December 31, 2010.
 
In January 2008, the board of directors of the Corporation authorized management to repurchase up to 500,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock under a stock repurchase program. Since the January 2008 authorization, no shares have been repurchased. At December 31, 2010, there were 500,000 remaining shares available for repurchase under the Corporation’s stock repurchase programs.
 
During 2008, 38,416 shares of the Corporation’s common stock were delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee stock options.
 
Preferred Stock
 
On April 20, 2009, the shareholders of the Corporation authorized the board of directors of the Corporation to issue up to 200,000 shares of preferred stock in connection with either an acquisition by the Corporation of an entity that has shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding pursuant to any program established by the United States government or participation by the Corporation in any program established by the United States government. As of December 31, 2010, no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.
 
NOTE 13 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
Fair value, as defined by GAAP, is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability is not adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for market activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.
 
The Corporation utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Investment securities — available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, the Corporation may be required to record other assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, goodwill, other intangible assets, other real estate and repossessed assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.
 
The Corporation determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on a three-level hierarchy established by GAAP. The classification and disclosure of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market-derived or market-based information obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect management’s estimates about market data. The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value within the GAAP hierarchy are as follows:
 
     
Level 1
  Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets. Level 1 valuations for the Corporation include U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets. Valuations are obtained from a third party pricing service for these investment securities.


77


Table of Contents

 
     
     
Level 2
  Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market. Level 2 valuations for the Corporation include government sponsored agency securities, including securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Farm Credit Bank and the Small Business Administration, securities issued by certain state and political subdivisions, residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and preferred stock. Valuations are obtained from a third-party pricing service for these investment securities.
     
Level 3
  Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models, yield curves and similar techniques. The determination of fair value requires management judgment or estimation and generally is corroborated by external data, which includes third-party pricing services. Level 3 valuations for the Corporation include securities issued by certain state and political subdivisions, trust preferred securities, impaired loans, goodwill, core deposit intangible assets, MSRs, other real estate and repossessed assets.
 
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Corporation’s financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value and all financial instruments disclosed at fair value. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon third-party pricing services when available. Fair value may also be based on internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be required to record financial instruments at fair value. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Corporation’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.
 
While management believes the Corporation’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Furthermore, the reported fair value amounts may change significantly after the date of the statement of financial position from the amounts presented herein.
 
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
Investment securities — available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are generally measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques that include market inputs, such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data and industry and economic events. Level 1 securities include U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets. Level 2 securities include securities issued by government sponsored agencies, securities issued by certain state and political subdivisions, residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and preferred stock.

78


Table of Contents

 
Disclosure of Recurring Basis Fair Value Measurements
 
For assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, quantitative disclosures about the fair value measurements for each major category of assets were as follows:
 
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements — Recurring Basis  
    Quoted Prices
                   
    In Active
    Significant
             
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
       
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
       
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
       
Description
  (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                               
Investment securities — available-for-sale:
                               
Government sponsored agencies
  $  —     $ 117,521     $  —     $ 117,521  
State and political subdivisions
          46,046             46,046  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
          136,935             136,935  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
          233,921             233,921  
Corporate bonds
          42,747             42,747  
Preferred stock
          1,440             1,440  
                                 
Total investment securities — available-for-sale
  $     $ 578,610     $     $ 578,610  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
Investment securities — available-for-sale
  $     $ 592,521     $     $ 592,521  
                                 
 
There were no liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
The Corporation does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allocation of the allowance for loan losses (valuation allowance) may be established or a portion of the loan is charged off. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including the loan’s observable market price, the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Those impaired loans not requiring a valuation allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the remaining carrying amount of such loans. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans, where a valuation allowance is established or a portion of the loan is charged off based on the fair value of collateral, are subject to nonrecurring fair value measurement and require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Corporation records the impaired loan as a Level 2 valuation. When management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value or there is no observable market price or available appraised value, the Corporation records the impaired loan as a Level 3 valuation.
 
Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis. The market and income approach methods were used in the completion of impairment testing at September 30, 2010 and 2009. These valuation methods require a significant degree of judgment. In the event these methods indicate that fair value is less than the carrying value, the asset is recorded at fair value as determined by either of the valuation models. Goodwill that is impaired and subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements is a Level 3 valuation. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, no goodwill was impaired, and therefore, goodwill was not recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
 
Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangible assets and MSRs. These items are both recorded at fair value when initially recorded. Subsequently, core deposit intangible assets are amortized primarily on an accelerated basis over periods ranging from ten to fifteen years and are subject to impairment testing whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. If core deposit intangible asset impairment is identified, the Corporation classifies impaired core deposit intangible assets subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements as Level 3 valuations. The fair value of MSRs is initially


79


Table of Contents

 
estimated using a model that calculates the net present value of estimated future cash flows using various assumptions, including prepayment speeds, the discount rate and servicing costs. If the valuation model reflects a value less than the carrying value, MSRs are adjusted to fair value, as determined by the model, through a valuation allowance. The Corporation classifies MSRs subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements as Level 3 valuations. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there was no impairment identified for core deposit intangible assets or MSRs and, therefore, no other intangible assets were recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
 
The carrying amounts for ORE and repossessed assets (RA) are reported in the consolidated statements of financial position under “Interest receivable and other assets.” ORE and RA include real estate and other types of assets repossessed by the Corporation. ORE and RA are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value upon the transfer of a loan to ORE or RA and, subsequently, ORE and RA continue to be measured and carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Corporation records ORE and RA as a Level 2 valuation. When management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value or there is no observable market price or there is no available appraised value, the Corporation records the ORE and RA as a Level 3 valuation.
 
Disclosure of Nonrecurring Basis Fair Value Measurements
 
For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, quantitative disclosures about fair value measurements for each major category of assets were as follows:
 
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements — Nonrecurring Basis  
    Quoted Prices
                   
    In Active
    Significant
             
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
       
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
       
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
       
Description
  (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
December 31, 2010
                               
Impaired originated loans:
                               
Commercial
  $  —     $  —     $ 15,195     $ 15,195  
Real estate commercial
                45,229       45,229  
Real estate construction
                       
Land development
                4,459       4,459  
                                 
Total impaired originated loans
                64,883       64,883  
Other real estate/repossessed assets:
                               
Vacant land
                9,149       9,149  
Commercial
                8,604       8,604  
Residential real estate
                6,189       6,189  
Residential development
                3,035       3,035  
Repossessed assets
                533       533  
                                 
Total other real estate/repossessed assets
                27,510       27,510  
                                 
Total
  $     $     $ 92,393     $ 92,393  
                                 
December 31, 2009
                               
Impaired loans
  $     $     $ 59,016     $ 59,016  
Other real estate/repossessed assets
                17,540       17,540  
                                 
Total
  $     $     $ 76,556     $ 76,556  
                                 
 
There were no liabilities recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


80


Table of Contents

 
Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
GAAP requires disclosures about the estimated fair value of the Corporation’s financial instruments, including those financial assets and liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis, with the exception that the method of estimating fair value for financial instruments not required to be measured on a recurring or nonrecurring basis, as prescribed by ASC 820, does not incorporate the exit-price concept of fair value. The Corporation utilized the fair value hierarchy in computing the fair values of its financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices were not available, the Corporation employed present value methods using unobservable inputs requiring management’s judgment to estimate the fair values of its financial instruments, which are considered Level 3 valuations. These Level 3 valuations are affected by the assumptions made and, accordingly, do not necessarily indicate amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange. It is also the Corporation’s general practice and intent to hold the majority of its financial instruments until maturity and, therefore, the Corporation does not expect to realize the estimated amounts disclosed.
 
The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities on a recurring or nonrecurring basis are discussed above. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the estimated fair values of cash and cash equivalents, interest receivable and interest payable approximated their carrying values at those dates. The methodologies for other financial assets and financial liabilities follow.
 
Fair value measurement for investment securities — held-to-maturity is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques that include market inputs such as benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data and industry and economic events. Fair value measurements using Level 2 valuations of investment securities–held-to-maturity include certain securities issued by state and political subdivisions and residential mortgage-backed securities. Level 3 valuations include certain securities issued by state and political subdivisions and trust preferred securities.
 
Fair value measurements of other securities, which consisted of FHLB and FRB stock, are based on their redeemable value, which is cost. The market for these stocks is restricted to the issuer of the stock and subject to impairment evaluation.
 
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of financial position for loans held-for-sale are at the lower of cost or market value. The fair values of loans held-for-sale are based on the market price for similar loans in the secondary market. The fair value measurements for loans held-for-sale are Level 2 valuations.
 
The fair value of variable interest rate loans that reprice regularly with changes in market interest rates are based on carrying values. The fair values for fixed interest rate loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using the Corporation’s interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. The resulting fair value amounts are adjusted to estimate the effect of declines in the credit quality of borrowers after the loans were originated. The fair value measurements for loans are Level 3 valuations.
 
The fair values of deposit accounts without defined maturities, such as interest- and noninterest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts, are equal to the amounts payable on demand. Fair value measurements for fixed-interest rate time deposits with defined maturities are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows, using the Corporation’s interest rates currently being offered for deposits of similar maturities and are Level 3 valuations. The fair values for variable-interest rate time deposits with defined maturities approximate their carrying amounts.
 
Short-term borrowings consist of repurchase agreements. Fair value measurements for repurchase agreements are based on the present value of future estimated cash flows using current interest rates offered to the Corporation for debt with similar terms and are Level 2 valuations.
 
Fair value measurements for FHLB advances are estimated based on the present value of future estimated cash flows using current interest rates offered to the Corporation for debt with similar terms and are Level 2 valuations.
 
The Corporation’s unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and loan commitments have no carrying amount and have been estimated to have no realizable fair value. Historically, a majority of the unused commitments to extend credit have not been drawn upon and, generally, the Corporation does not receive fees in connection with these commitments other than standby letters of credit fees, which are not significant.
 
Fair value measurements have not been made for items that are not defined by GAAP as financial instruments, including such items as the value of the Corporation’s Wealth Management department and the value of the Corporation’s core deposit base. The Corporation believes it is impractical to estimate a representative fair value for these types of assets, even though management believes they add significant value to the Corporation.


81


Table of Contents

 
A summary of carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments included in the consolidated statements of financial position are as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
    Carrying
  Fair
  Carrying
  Fair
    Amount   Value   Amount   Value
        (In thousands)    
Assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 536,165     $ 536,165     $ 360,709     $ 360,709  
Investment and other securities
    771,143       764,931       745,946       740,379  
Loans held-for-sale
    20,479       20,479       8,362       8,362  
Net loans
    3,592,132       3,601,805       2,912,319       2,909,875  
Interest receivable
    15,761       15,761       14,644       14,644  
Liabilities:
                               
Deposits without defined maturities
  $ 2,738,719     $ 2,738,719     $ 2,131,082     $ 2,131,082  
Time deposits
    1,593,046       1,614,854       1,287,043       1,302,558  
Interest payable
    2,887       2,887       2,103       2,103  
Short-term borrowings
    242,703       242,703       240,568       240,568  
FHLB advances
    74,130       75,166       90,000       91,910  
 
NOTE 14 — NONINTEREST INCOME
 
The following schedule includes the major components of noninterest income during the past three years:
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
  $ 18,562     $ 19,116     $ 20,048  
Wealth management revenue
    10,106       9,273       10,625  
Electronic banking fees
    5,389       4,023       3,341  
Mortgage banking revenue
    3,925       4,412       1,836  
Other fees for customer services
    2,837       2,454       2,511  
Insurance commissions
    1,373       1,259       1,042  
Investment securities gains
          95       1,722  
Other-than-temporary impairment loss on investment security
                (444 )
Other
    280       487       516  
                         
Total Noninterest Income
  $ 42,472     $ 41,119     $ 41,197  
                         
 
NOTE 15 — OPERATING EXPENSES
 
The following schedule includes the major categories of operating expenses during the past three years:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Salaries and wages
  $ 56,750     $ 49,227     $ 48,713  
Employee benefits
    11,666       10,991       10,514  
Equipment and software
    13,446       9,723       9,230  
Occupancy
    11,491       10,359       10,221  
FDIC insurance premiums
    7,388       7,013       899  
Professional fees
    5,589       4,165       3,554  
Loan and collection costs
    4,537       3,056       1,592  
Outside processing/service fees
    4,534       3,231       3,219  
Other real estate and repossessed asset expenses
    3,660       6,031       4,680  
Postage and courier
    3,115       2,951       3,169  
Advertising and marketing
    3,054       2,396       2,492  
Telephone
    1,768       1,840       2,186  
Supplies
    1,740       1,526       1,482  
Intangible asset amortization
    1,705       719       1,543  
Non-loan losses
    540       291       1,473  
Other
    5,819       4,091       4,141  
                         
Total Operating Expenses
  $ 136,802     $ 117,610     $ 109,108  
                         


82


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 16 — PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
Pension Plan:
 
The Corporation has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (Pension Plan) covering certain salaried employees. Effective June 30, 2006, benefits under the Pension Plan were frozen for approximately two-thirds of the Corporation’s salaried employees as of that date. Pension benefits continued unchanged for the remaining salaried employees. Normal retirement benefits under the Pension Plan are based on years of vested service, up to a maximum of thirty years, and the employee’s average annual pay for the five highest consecutive years during the ten years preceding retirement, except for employees whose benefits were frozen. Benefits, for employees with less than 15 years of service or whose age plus years of service were less than 65 at June 30, 2006, will be based on years of vested service at June 30, 2006 and generally the average of the employee’s salary for the five years ended June 30, 2006. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had 257 employees who were continuing to earn benefits under the Pension Plan. Pension Plan contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service-to-date, but also for those benefits expected to be earned in the future for employees whose benefits were not frozen at June 30, 2006. Employees hired after June 30, 2006 and employees affected by the partial freeze of the Pension Plan began receiving four percent of their eligible pay as a contribution to their 401(k) Savings Plan accounts on July 1, 2006.
 
The assets of the Pension Plan are invested by the Wealth Management department of Chemical Bank. The investment policy and allocation of the assets of the pension trust were approved by the Compensation and Pension Committee of the board of directors of the Corporation.
 
The Pension Plan’s primary investment objective is long-term growth coupled with income. In consideration of the Pension Plan’s fiduciary responsibilities, emphasis is placed on quality investments with sufficient liquidity to meet benefit payments and plan expenses, as well as providing the flexibility to manage the investments to accommodate current economic and financial market conditions. To meet the Pension Plan’s long-term objective within the constraints of prudent management, target ranges have been set for the three primary asset classes: an equity securities range from 60% to 70%, a debt securities range from 30% to 40%; and a cash and cash equivalents and other range from 0% to 10%. Equity securities are primarily comprised of both individual securities (blue chip stocks) and equity-based mutual funds, invested in either domestic or international markets. The stocks are diversified among the major economic sectors of the market and are selected based on balance sheet strength, expected earnings growth, the management team and position within their industries, among other characteristics. Debt securities are comprised of U.S. dollar denominated bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies and investment grade bonds issued by corporations. The notes and bonds purchased are rated A or better by the major bond rating companies from diverse industries.
 
The Pension Plan’s asset allocation by asset category was as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
Asset Category
  2010     2009  
 
Equity securities
    68 %     64 %
Debt securities
    30       32  
Other
    2       4  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
 


83


Table of Contents

 
The following schedules set forth the fair value of Pension Plan assets and the level of the valuation inputs used to value the assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                 
    Quoted Prices
                   
    In Active
    Significant
             
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
       
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
       
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
       
Asset Category
  (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                               
Cash
  $ 1,752     $     $  —     $ 1,752  
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large- and mid-cap stock(a)
    35,157                   35,157  
U.S. small-cap mutual funds
    2,610                   2,610  
International large-cap mutual funds
    11,353                   11,353  
Emerging markets mutual funds
    6,176                   6,176  
Chemical Financial Corporation common stock
    3,685                   3,685  
Debt securities:
                               
U.S. Treasury and government sponsored
agency bonds and notes
    5,983       3,143             9,126  
Corporate bonds(b)
          16,634             16,634  
Other
    248                   248  
                                 
Total
  $ 66,964     $ 19,777     $     $ 86,741  
                                 
 
                                 
    Quoted Prices
                   
    In Active
    Significant
             
    Markets for
    Other
    Significant
       
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
       
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
       
Asset Category
  (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
December 31, 2009
                               
Cash
  $ 2,767     $     $  —     $ 2,767  
Equity securities:
                               
U.S. large- and mid-cap stock(a)
    28,225                   28,225  
U.S. small-cap mutual funds
    2,202                   2,202  
International large-cap mutual funds
    9,917                   9,917  
Emerging markets mutual funds
    3,705                   3,705  
Chemical Financial Corporation common stock
    3,279                   3,279  
Debt securities:
                               
U.S. Treasury and government sponsored
agency bonds and notes
    4,851       6,022             10,873  
Corporate bonds(b)
          12,462             12,462  
Other
    271                   271  
                                 
Total
  $ 55,217     $ 18,484     $     $ 73,701  
                                 
 
(a) This category is comprised of common stock traded on U.S. Exchanges whose market capitalization exceed $3 billion.
 
(b) This category is comprised of investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.
 
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, equity securities included 166,363 shares and 139,043 shares, respectively, of the Corporation’s common stock. During 2010 and 2009, cash dividends of $0.13 million and $0.16 million, respectively, were paid on the Corporation’s common stock held by the Pension Plan. The fair value of the Corporation’s common stock held in the Pension Plan was $3.7 million at December 31, 2010 and $3.3 million at December 31, 2009, which represented 4.2% and 4.4% of Pension Plan assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


84


Table of Contents

 
The following schedule sets forth the changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets of the Corporation’s Pension Plan:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Projected benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 79,682     $ 74,346  
Service cost
    1,228       1,354  
Interest cost
    4,785       4,720  
Net actuarial loss
    4,294       2,915  
Benefits paid
    (3,285 )     (3,653 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    86,704       79,682  
                 
Fair value of plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    73,701       60,523  
Actual return on plan assets
    6,325       9,331  
Employer contributions
    10,000       7,500  
Benefits paid
    (3,285 )     (3,653 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    86,741       73,701  
                 
Funded (unfunded) projected benefit obligation at December 31
  $ 37     $ (5,981 )
                 
 
The Corporation’s accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 for the Pension Plan was $80.9 million and $73.5 million, respectively.
 
The Corporation contributed $10.0 million and $7.5 million to the Pension Plan in 2010 and 2009, respectively. There is no minimum required Pension Plan contribution in 2011, as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code. As of December 31, 2010, the Corporation had not determined whether it would make a contribution to the Pension Plan in 2011.
 
Weighted-average rate assumptions of the Pension Plan follow:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
 
Discount rate used in determining benefit obligation — December 31
    5.65 %     6.15 %     6.50 %
Discount rate used in determining pension expense
    6.15       6.50       6.50  
Expected long-term return on Pension Plan assets
    7.00       7.00       7.00  
Rate of compensation increase used in determining benefit obligation — December 31
    3.50       3.50       4.25  
Rate of compensation increase used in determining pension expense
    3.50       4.25       4.25  
 
Net periodic pension cost of the Pension Plan consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Service cost
  $ 1,228     $ 1,354     $ 1,589  
Interest cost
    4,785       4,720       4,607  
Expected return on plan assets
    (5,724 )     (5,417 )     (5,639 )
Amortization of prior service credit
    (2 )     (4 )     (5 )
Amortization of net actuarial loss
    491              
                         
Pension Plan expense
  $ 778     $ 653     $ 552  
                         
 
The following schedule presents estimated future Pension Plan benefit payments (in thousands):
 
         
2011
  $ 4,258  
2012
    4,567  
2013
    4,454  
2014
    4,714  
2015
    5,095  
2016 - 2020
    29,422  
         
Total
  $ 52,510  
         


85


Table of Contents

 
Supplemental Plan:
 
The Corporation also maintains a supplemental defined benefit pension plan, the Chemical Financial Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan (Supplemental Plan). The Internal Revenue Code limits both the amount of eligible compensation for benefit calculation purposes and the amount of annual benefits that may be paid from a tax-qualified retirement plan. As permitted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Corporation established the Supplemental Plan that provides payments to certain executive officers of the Corporation, as determined by the Compensation and Pension Committee, the benefits to which they would have been entitled, calculated under the provisions of the Pension Plan, as if the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code did not apply.
 
The following schedule sets forth the changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets of the Supplemental Plan:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Projected benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 856     $ 773  
Service cost
    27       23  
Interest cost
    51       49  
Net actuarial loss
    33       52  
Benefits paid
    (41 )     (41 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    926       856  
                 
Fair value of plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
           
Employer contributions
    41       41  
Benefits paid
    (41 )     (41 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
           
                 
Unfunded projected benefit obligation at December 31
  $ (926 )   $ (856 )
                 
 
The Supplemental Plan’s accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $0.79 million and $0.71 million, respectively.
 
Weighted-average rate assumptions of the Supplemental Plan follow:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Discount rate used in determining benefit obligations — December 31
    5.65 %     6.15 %     6.50 %
Discount rate used in determining expense
    6.15       6.50       6.50  
Rate of compensation increase in determining benefit obligation — December 31
    3.50       3.50       4.25  
Rate of compensation increase used in determining expense
    3.50       4.25       4.25  
 
Net periodic cost of the Supplemental Plan consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Service cost
  $ 27     $ 23     $ 15  
Interest cost
    51       49       39  
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss
    2             (4 )
                         
Supplemental Plan expense
  $ 80     $ 72     $ 50  
                         
 
The following schedule presents estimated future Supplemental Plan benefit payments (in thousands):
 
         
2011
  $ 42  
2012
    42  
2013
    42  
2014
    42  
2015
    42  
2016 - 2020
    489  
         
Total
  $ 699  
         


86


Table of Contents

 
Postretirement Plan:
 
The Corporation has a postretirement benefit plan (Postretirement Plan) that provides medical benefits, and dental benefits through age 65, to a limited number of active and retired employees. As of December 31, 2010, the Postretirement Plan included 5 active employees in the grandfathered group that were eligible to receive a premium supplement and 107 retirees receiving a premium supplement. The majority of the retirees are required to make contributions toward the cost of their benefits based on their years of credited service and age at retirement. All five active employees are currently eligible to receive benefits and will be required to make contributions toward the cost of their benefits upon retirement. Retiree contributions are generally adjusted annually. The accounting for these postretirement benefits anticipates changes in future cost-sharing features such as retiree contributions, deductibles, copayments and coinsurance. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate these benefits at any time. Employees who retire at age 55 or older and have at least ten years of service with the Corporation are provided access to the Corporation’s group health insurance coverage for the employee and a spouse, with no employer subsidy, and are not considered participants in the Postretirement Plan.
 
The following sets forth changes in the Corporation’s Postretirement Plan benefit obligation:
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Projected postretirement benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 4,740     $ 4,184  
Interest cost
    217       282  
Net actuarial (gain) loss
    (909 )     463  
Benefits paid, net of retiree contributions
    (291 )     (189 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 3,757       4,740  
                 
Fair value of plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
           
Employer contributions, net of retiree contributions
    291       189  
Benefits paid, net of retiree contributions
    (291 )     (189 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
           
                 
Unfunded projected benefit obligation at December 31
  $ (3,757 )   $ (4,740 )
                 
 
The Postretirement Plan’s accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $3.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively.
 
Net periodic postretirement benefit income of the Postretirement Plan consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest cost
  $ 217     $ 282     $ 260  
Amortization of prior service credit
    (324 )     (324 )     (324 )
Amortization of unrecognized net actuarial loss
          24       7  
                         
Postretirement Plan income
  $ (107 )   $ (18 )   $ (57 )
                         
 
The following presents estimated future retiree plan benefit payments under the Postretirement Plan (in thousands):
         
2011
  $ 331  
2012
    336  
2013
    335  
2014
    332  
2015
    324  
2016 - 2020
    1,485  
         
Total
  $ 3,143  
         
 
Weighted-average rate assumptions of the Postretirement Plan follow:
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
 
Discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation — December 31
    5.65 %     6.15 %     6.50 %
Discount rate used in determining periodic postretirement benefit cost
    6.15       6.50       6.50  
Year 1 increase in cost of postretirement benefits
    9.00       9.00       9.00  


87


Table of Contents

 
For measurement purposes, the annual rates of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits and dental benefits for 2011 were each assumed at 9%. These rates were assumed to decrease gradually to 5% in 2015 and remain at that level thereafter.
 
The assumed health care and dental cost trend rates could have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one percentage-point change in these rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One
  One
    Percentage-
  Percentage-
    Point
  Point
    Increase   Decrease
    (In thousands)
 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components in 2010
  $ 17     $ (15 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010
    304       (270 )
 
The measurement date used to determine the Pension Plan, Supplemental Plan and Postretirement Plan amounts disclosed herein was December 31 of each year.
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:
 
The following sets forth the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, related to the Corporation’s Pension Plan, Supplemental Plan and Postretirement Plan during 2010:
 
                                 
    Pension
    Supplemental
    Postretirement
       
    Plan     Plan     Plan     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at beginning of year
  $ (15,686 )   $ (65 )   $ 46     $ (15,705 )
Comprehensive income (loss) adjustment:
                               
Prior service credits
    (1 )           (211 )     (212 )
Net actuarial gain (loss)
    (2,082 )     (20 )     591       (1,511 )
                                 
Comprehensive income (loss) adjustment
    (2,083 )     (20 )     380       (1,723 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at end of year
  $ (17,769 )   $ (85 )   $ 426     $ (17,428 )
                                 
 
The estimated income (loss) that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic cost, net of tax, in 2011 is as follows:
                                 
    Pension
    Supplemental
    Postretirement
       
    Plan     Plan     Plan     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Prior service credits
  $ 1     $  —     $ 211     $ 212  
Net loss
    (697 )     (4 )           (701 )
                                 
Total
  $ (696 )   $ (4 )   $ 211     $ (489 )
                                 
 
401(k) Savings Plan:
 
The Corporation’s 401(k) Savings Plan provides an employer match, in addition to a 4% contribution, for employees who are not grandfathered under the Pension Plan discussed above. The 401(k) Savings Plan is available to all regular employees and provides employees with tax deferred salary deductions and alternative investment options. The Corporation matches 50% of the participants’ elective deferrals on the first 4% of the participants’ base compensation. The 401(k) Savings Plan provides employees with the option to invest in the Corporation’s common stock. The Corporation’s match under the 401(k) Savings Plan was $0.77 million in 2010, $0.72 million in 2009 and $0.66 million in 2008. Employer contributions to the 401(k) Savings Plan for the 4% benefit for employees who are not grandfathered under the Pension Plan totaled $1.47 million in 2010, $1.40 million in 2009 and $1.25 million in 2008. The combined amount of the employer match and 4% contribution to the 401(k) Savings Plan totaled $2.24 million in 2010, $2.12 million in 2009 and $1.91 million in 2008.


88


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 17 — SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
 
Share-Based Compensation:
 
The Corporation maintains a share-based compensation plan, under which it periodically grants share-based awards for a fixed number of shares to certain officers of the Corporation. The fair value of share-based awards is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service or performance period.
 
The Corporation granted options to purchase 60,365 shares of common stock during 2010, 70,190 shares of common stock during 2009 and 63,593 shares of common stock during 2008, to certain officers of the Corporation. The stock options granted have an exercise price equal to the market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock on the date of grant, vest ratably over a three- or five-year period and expire ten years from the date of the grant. Compensation expense related to stock option grants is recognized over the requisite service period.
 
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions.
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
 
Expected dividend yield
    3.50 %     3.50 %     4.20%  
Risk-free interest rate
    3.37 %     2.58 %     3.28%-3.43%  
Expected stock price volatility
    41.1 %     42.0 %     36.4%  
Expected life of options — in years
    6.33       6.33       6.38   
Weighted average per share fair value
  $ 7.65     $ 6.46       $6.23   
 
The Corporation estimates potential forfeitures of stock option grants and adjusts compensation expense, accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and also impact the amount of share-based compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.
 
The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant and the expected life of the options granted. Expected stock volatility was based on historical volatility of the Corporation’s common stock over a seven-year period. The expected life of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and is based primarily upon historical experience, considering both option exercise behavior and employee terminations.
 
Because of the unpredictability of the assumptions required, the Black-Scholes (or any other valuation) model is incapable of accurately predicting the Corporation’s common stock price or of placing an accurate present value on options to purchase its stock. In addition, the Black-Scholes model was designed to approximate value for types of options that are very different from those issued by the Corporation. In spite of any theoretical value that may be placed on a stock option grant, no value is possible under options issued by the Corporation without an increase in the market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock over the market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant.
 
In conjunction with the acquisition of OAK, each unexercised vested stock option of OAK outstanding at the acquisition date was converted into a vested option to purchase 1.306 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The exercise price per share of the Corporation’s common stock for each of these options was equal to the exercise price per share of the OAK unexercised stock option divided by 1.306. Accordingly, the Corporation issued 26,425 stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $26.83 per share. The duration and other terms and conditions of these options are the same as the unexercised OAK stock options.
 
The Corporation issued restricted stock performance units of 40,629 during 2010, 41,248 during 2009 and 30,701 during 2008. The restricted stock units were valued at the market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock on the date of grant, discounted for estimated future dividends expected to be paid on the common stock during the restricted period. The restricted stock units issued in 2010 and 2009 vest from 0.5x to 1.5x the number of units originally granted depending on which, if any, of the predetermined targeted earnings per share levels are met. Restricted stock performance units issued in 2010 vest at December 31, 2012 if any of the predetermined targeted earnings per share levels are achieved in 2012. On March 25, 2010, the Corporation’s board of directors approved a modification to the predetermined targeted earnings per share levels of the 41,248 restricted stock performance units that were granted in 2009. The Corporation considered this to be a Type III (improbable to probable) modification. The incremental cost of the modification was measured at $0.5 million, which will be recognized over the remaining performance period using the straight-line method. The incremental cost recognized in 2010 for this modification was $0.2 million. Restricted stock performance units modified in 2010 vest at December 31, 2011 if any of the modified predetermined targeted earnings per share levels are achieved in 2011. If the minimum targeted earnings per share level is not met in 2011 or 2012, none of


89


Table of Contents

 
the restricted stock performance units granted in 2009 or 2010 will vest. Restricted stock performance units issued in 2008 did not vest at December 31, 2010 as none of the predetermined targeted earnings per share levels were achieved in 2010.
 
Upon vesting, restricted stock performance units are converted to shares of the Corporation’s stock on a one-to-one basis. However, if the minimum earnings per share performance level is not achieved in 2011 or 2012, no shares will be issued for that respective year’s restricted stock performance units. Compensation expense related to restricted stock performance units is recognized over the requisite performance period.
 
Stock awards totaling 5,979 shares were issued in 2010. The awards had a value of $22.71 per share based on the closing market price of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the awards were issued and was recognized as compensation expense in 2010. There were no stock awards issued in 2009 and 2008.
 
Compensation expense related to all share-based awards was $1.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.7 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Stock Incentive Plans:
 
The Corporation’s Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 (2006 Plan), which was shareholder-approved, permits awards of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, other stock-based and stock-related awards and stock appreciation rights (collectively referred to as share-based awards). Subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments, 1,000,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock were originally available for share-based awards under the 2006 Plan. At December 31, 2010, there were 545,174 shares available for future issuance of share-based awards under the 2006 Plan.
 
Key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, as the Compensation and Pension Committee of the board of directors of the Corporation may select from time to time, are eligible to receive awards under the 2006 Plan. No employee of the Corporation may receive any share-based awards under the 2006 Plan while the employee is a member of the Compensation and Pension Committee. The 2006 Plan provides for share-based accelerated vesting if there is a change in control of the Corporation as defined in the 2006 Plan. Stock options can be granted with an exercise price equal to no less than the market price per share of the Corporation’s common stock on the date of grant, vest from one to five years from the date of grant and generally have a term of ten years from the date of grant. Dividends are not paid on unexercised stock options or restricted stock performance units.
 
The Corporation’s Stock Incentive Plan of 1997 (1997 Plan), which was shareholder-approved, permitted awards of stock options to be granted through December 31, 2006. Terms of the 1997 Plan are essentially the same as the 2006 Plan.
 
A summary of stock option activity as of and during the three years ended December 31, 2010 is presented below:
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
    Number of
    Exercise Price
 
    Options     Per Share  
 
Outstanding — January 1, 2008
    793,781     $ 31.26  
Activity during 2008:
               
Granted
    63,593       24.46  
Exercised
    (95,764 )     27.28  
Forfeited/expired
    (60,064 )     31.69  
                 
Outstanding — December 31, 2008
    701,546       31.15  
Activity during 2009:
               
Granted
    70,190       21.10  
Exercised
    (1,555 )     23.14  
Forfeited/expired
    (49,806 )     33.61  
                 
Outstanding — December 31, 2009
    720,375       30.02  
Activity during 2010:
               
Issued in OAK transaction
    26,425       26.83  
Granted
    60,365       24.56  
Exercised
    (1,736 )     23.63  
Forfeited/expired
    (47,764 )     31.08  
                 
Outstanding — December 31, 2010
    757,665     $ 29.42  
                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
    630,995     $ 30.65  
                 


90


Table of Contents

 
A summary of nonvested stock options activity as of and during the three years ended December 31, 2010 is presented below:
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
          Grant Date
 
    Number of
    Fair Value
 
    Options     Per Option  
 
Nonvested outstanding — January 1, 2008
    182,223     $ 7.27  
Activity during 2008:
               
Granted
    63,593       6.23  
Vested
    (66,979 )     7.27  
Forfeited
           
                 
Nonvested outstanding — December 31, 2008
    178,837       6.90  
Activity during 2009:
               
Granted
    70,190       6.46  
Vested
    (76,400 )     6.99  
Forfeited
    (3,554 )     6.85  
                 
Nonvested outstanding — December 31, 2009
    (169,073 )     6.68  
Activity during 2010:
               
Granted
    60,365       7.65  
Vested
    (99,540 )     6.87  
Forfeited
    (3,228 )     7.07  
                 
Nonvested outstanding — December 31, 2010
    126,670     $ 6.99  
                 
 
At December 31, 2010, unrecognized compensation expense for nonvested stock options outstanding totaled $0.6 million and the weighted-average period over which this amount will be recognized is 1.8 years. Compensation expense of $0.4 million and $0.2 million will be recognized for stock options that will vest in 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
The following summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010:

                                                     
Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable
    Weighted
              Weighted
   
    Average
      Range of
      Average
   
    Exercise
      Exercise
      Exercise
   
Number
  Price
  Average
  Prices
  Number
  Price
  Average
Outstanding
  Per Share   Term*   Per Share   Exercisable   Per Share   Term*
 
  70,404     $ 21.09       8.31     $ 20.78 - 21.10       23,953     $ 21.09       8.29  
  308,236       24.63       6.91       23.63 - 24.86       228,017       24.65       6.29  
  48,960       27.52       1.79       25.60 - 28.77       48,960       27.52       1.79  
  135,500       32.28       4.97       32.28       135,500       32.28       4.97  
  56,490       35.67       2.95       35.67       56,490       35.67       2.95  
  138,075       39.69       3.95       39.69       138,075       39.69       3.95  
                                                     
  757,665     $ 29.42       5.53     $ 20.78 - 39.69       630,995     $ 30.65       4.92  
                                                     
 
Weighted average remaining contractual term in years.
 
The intrinsic value of all in-the-money stock options and exercisable in-the-money stock options was $0.07 million and $0.03 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The aggregate intrinsic values of outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2010 were calculated based on the closing market price of the Corporation’s common stock on December 31, 2010 of $22.15 per share less the exercise price. Options with intrinsic values less than zero, or “out-of-the-money” options, were not included in the aggregate intrinsic value reported. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2008 was $0.43 million.
 
At December 31, 2010, there were no outstanding stock options with stock appreciation rights.


91


Table of Contents

 
A summary of the activity for restricted stock performance units as of and during the three years ended December 31, 2010 is presented below:
 
                 
        Weighted
        Average
        Grant Date
    Number of
  Fair Value
    Units   Per Unit
 
Outstanding — January 1, 2008
        $  
Activity during 2008:
               
Granted
    30,701       21.21  
                 
Outstanding — December 31, 2008
    30,701       21.21  
Activity during 2009:
               
Granted
    41,248       18.04  
Forfeited/expired
    (373 )     21.21  
                 
Outstanding — December 31, 2009
    71,576       19.38  
Activity during 2010:
               
Granted
    40,629       22.47  
Cancelled (2009 grant)
    (41,248 )     18.04  
Modified (2009 grant)
    41,248       23.43  
Forfeited/expired
    (31,353 )     21.17  
                 
Outstanding — December 31, 2010
    80,852     $ 22.99  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2010, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock performance unit awards totaled $0.8 million. This cost is recognized based on the expected achievement of the targeted earnings per common share level for the restricted stock performance units over approximately three years.
 
NOTE 18 — FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
The provision for federal income taxes was less than that computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 35%, primarily due to tax-exempt interest income on investment securities and loans and income tax credits during 2010, 2009 and 2008. The differences between the provision for federal income taxes computed at the federal statutory income tax rate, and the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements were as follows for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (In thousands)
 
Tax at statutory rate
  $ 10,916     $ 4,184     $ 9,850  
Changes resulting from:
                       
Tax-exempt interest income
    (2,169 )     (1,751 )     (1,409 )
Income tax credits
    (1,232 )     (569 )     (584 )
Other, net
    585       86       443  
                         
Provision for federal income taxes
  $ 8,100     $ 1,950     $ 8,300  
                         
 
The effective federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was 26.0%, 16.3% and 29.5%, respectively.
 
The provision for federal income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (In thousands)
 
Current
  $ 4,661     $ 8,927     $ 15,182  
Deferred
    3,439       (6,977 )     (6,882 )
                         
Total
  $ 8,100     $ 1,950     $ 8,300  
                         
 


92


Table of Contents

 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant temporary differences that comprise the deferred tax assets and liabilities of the Corporation were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,
    2010   2009
    (In thousands)
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 31,335     $ 28,294  
Acquired loans fair value adjustment
    15,864        
Nonaccrual loan interest
    3,826       2,690  
Other real estate
    3,125       1,794  
Accrued expenses
    1,807       978  
Employee benefit plans
    1,725       4,067  
Other acquisition-related fair value adjustments
    1,068        
Core deposit intangible assets
          1,045  
Other
    3,801       2,595  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    62,551       41,463  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Goodwill
    3,434       3,068  
Investment securities available-for-sale
    1,786       1,646  
Core deposit intangible assets
    1,730        
Mortgage servicing rights
    1,324       1,077  
Loan fees
    1,268       404  
Premises and equipment
    308       1,284  
Other
    1,557       1,622  
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    11,407       9,101  
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 51,144     $ 32,362  
                 
 
Management expects to realize the full benefits of the deferred tax assets recorded at December 31, 2010. The Corporation had no reserve for contingent income tax liabilities recorded at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Federal income tax expense applicable to net gains on investment securities transactions was $0.5 million in 2008 and is included in the provision for federal income taxes on the consolidated statements of income.
 
The tax periods open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service include the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The same years are open to examination for the Michigan Business Tax/Michigan Single Business Tax with the addition of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
 
NOTE 19 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into various transactions with its customers, which are not included in its consolidated statements of financial condition. These transactions include unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and approved but undisbursed loans (loan commitments). Unused commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the loan contract. Unused commitments to extend credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Historically, the majority of the unused commitments to extend credit of Chemical Bank have not been drawn upon and, therefore, may not represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Chemical Bank to generally guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Both arrangements have credit risk essentially the same as that involved in making loans to customers and are subject to the Corporation’s normal credit policies, including underwriting standards and ongoing review and monitoring. Collateral obtained upon exercise of commitments is determined using management’s credit evaluation of the borrowers and may include real estate, business assets, deposits and other items. Loan commitments are not included in loans on the consolidated statements of financial position. The majority of loan commitments will be funded and convert to a portfolio loan within a three-month period.
 
At December 31, 2010, total unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and loan commitments were $624 million, $45 million and $159 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, total unused commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and loan commitments were $413 million, $41 million and $75 million, respectively. A significant portion of the unused commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2010 expire one year from their contract date; however, $71 million of unused commitments to extend credit extend for more than five years.


93


Table of Contents

 
The Corporation’s unused commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit have been estimated to have an immaterial realizable fair value, as historically the majority of these commitments have not been drawn upon and generally Chemical Bank does not receive fees in connection with these agreements. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation had a reserve of $0.1 million related to potential losses from standby letters of credit.
 
Loan commitments at December 31, 2010, totaling $159 million, included $50 million of residential mortgage loans that were expected to be sold in the secondary market. The Corporation has locked the interest rate to the customer (mortgage loan commitment) on the $50 million of loans that are expected to be sold in the secondary market and entered into best efforts forward contracts with the secondary market on these mortgage loan commitments at December 31, 2010. Best efforts forward contracts offset the interest rate risk of market interest rates changing between the date the interest rate is locked with the customer and the date the loan is sold in the secondary market. At December 31, 2009, the Corporation had mortgage loan commitments of $18 million included in loan commitments, with best efforts forward contracts on these loans at that date.
 
The Corporation has operating leases and other non-cancelable contractual obligations on buildings, equipment, computer software and other expenses that will require annual payments through 2015, including renewal option periods for those building leases that the Corporation expects to renew. Minimum payments due in each of the next five years are as follows (in thousands):

         
2011
  $ 7,884  
2012
    6,605  
2013
    3,041  
2014
    315  
2015
    225  
         
Total
  $ 18,070  
         
 
Minimum payments include estimates, where applicable, of estimated usage and annual Consumer Price Index increases of approximately 3%.
 
Total expense recorded under operating leases and other non-cancelable contractual obligations was $9.2 million in 2010, $7.3 million in 2009 and $6.9 million in 2008.
 
The Corporation and Chemical Bank are subject to certain legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consulting with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated net income or financial position of the Corporation.
 
NOTE 20 — REGULATORY CAPITAL AND RESERVE REQUIREMENTS
 
Banking regulations require that banks maintain cash reserve balances in vault cash with the FRB, or with certain other qualifying banks. The aggregate average amount of the regulatory balances required to be maintained by Chemical Bank was $23.3 million during 2010 and $15.4 million during 2009. During 2010, Chemical Bank satisfied its regulatory reserve requirements by maintaining vault cash balances in excess of regulatory reserve requirements. Chemical Bank was not required to maintain compensating balances with correspondent banks during 2010 or 2009.
 
Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on the transfer of assets in the form of dividends, loans or advances from Chemical Bank to the Corporation. At December 31, 2010, substantially all of the assets of Chemical Bank were restricted from transfer to the Corporation in the form of loans or advances. Dividends from Chemical Bank are the principal source of funds for the Corporation. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, Chemical Bank paid dividends to the Corporation totaling $21.3 million, $0 and $59 million, respectively. Dividends paid to the Corporation in 2008 by Chemical Bank of $59 million included $30 million that required and received approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank could pay dividends totaling $17.5 million to the Corporation without regulatory approval. At December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank was “well-capitalized” as defined by federal banking regulations. In addition to the statutory limits, the Corporation considers the overall financial and capital position of Chemical Bank prior to making any cash dividend decisions.
 
The Corporation and Chemical Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Under these capital requirements, Chemical Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. In addition, capital amounts and classifications are subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.


94


Table of Contents

 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require minimum ratios of Tier 1 capital to average assets (Leverage Ratio) and Tier 1 and Total capital to risk-weighted assets. These capital guidelines assign risk weights to on- and off- balance sheet items in arriving at total risk-weighted assets. Minimum capital levels are based upon the perceived risk of various asset categories and certain off-balance sheet instruments.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, Chemical Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the quantitative capital ratios required for an institution to be considered “well-capitalized.” Significant factors that may affect capital adequacy include, but are not limited to, a disproportionate growth in assets versus capital and a change in mix or credit quality of assets.
 
The summary below compares the Corporation’s and Chemical Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios with the quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy:
 
                                                 
                Required to be
 
          Minimum
    Well Capitalized
 
          Required for
    Under Prompt
 
          Capital Adequacy
    Corrective Action
 
    Actual     Purposes     Regulations  
    Capital
          Capital
          Capital
       
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
December 31, 2010
                                               
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets:
                                               
Corporation
    $473,471       12.9 %     $293,856       8.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Chemical Bank
    465,709       12.7       293,573       8.0       $366,966       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets:
                                               
Corporation
    427,014       11.6       146,928       4.0       N/A       N/A  
Chemical Bank
    419,296       11.4       146,786       4.0       220,179       6.0  
Leverage Ratio:
                                               
Corporation
    427,014       8.4       204,426       4.0       N/A       N/A  
Chemical Bank
    419,296       8.2       204,291       4.0       255,363       5.0  
                                                 
December 31, 2009
                                               
Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets:
                                               
Corporation
    $455,093       15.5 %     $235,261       8.0 %     N/A       N/A  
Chemical Bank
    442,198       15.1       234,730       8.0       $293,412       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets:
                                               
Corporation
    417,787       14.2       117,630       4.0       N/A       N/A  
Chemical Bank
    404,974       13.8       117,365       4.0       176,047       6.0  
Leverage Ratio:
                                               
Corporation
    417,787       10.1       165,576       4.0       N/A       N/A  
Chemical Bank
    404,974       9.8       165,304       4.0       206,630       5.0  
 
NOTE 21 — PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Condensed financial statements of Chemical Financial Corporation (parent company) only follow:
 
                 
    December 31,  
Condensed Statements of Financial Position
  2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Assets:
               
Cash at subsidiary bank
  $ 5,490     $ 7,784  
Investment in subsidiary bank
    547,399       460,406  
Premises and equipment
    4,716       5,039  
Goodwill
    1,092       1,092  
Other assets
    2,656       1,516  
                 
Total assets
  $ 561,353     $ 475,837  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
               
Other liabilities
  $ 1,275     $ 1,526  
Shareholders’ equity
    560,078       474,311  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 561,353     $ 475,837  
                 


95


Table of Contents

 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
Condensed Statements of Income
  2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Income:
                       
Cash dividends from subsidiary bank
  $ 21,300     $     $ 59,000  
Interest income from subsidiary bank
                60  
                         
Total income
    21,300             59,060  
Operating expenses
    5,116       2,903       2,324  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed (distributions in excess of) net income of subsidiary bank
    16,184       (2,903 )     56,736  
Federal income tax benefit
    1,335       1,015       792  
Equity in undistributed (distributions in excess of) net income of subsidiary bank
    5,571       11,891       (37,686 )
                         
Net income
  $ 23,090     $ 10,003     $ 19,842  
                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
  2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating Activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 23,090     $ 10,003     $ 19,842  
Share-based compensation expense
    1,395       490       664  
Depreciation of premises and equipment
    497       497       481  
Distributions in excess of (equity in undistributed) net income of subsidiary bank
    (5,571 )     (11,891 )     37,686  
Net increase in other assets
    (1,140 )     (405 )     (441 )
Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    (290 )     785       188  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    17,981       (521 )     58,420  
Investing Activities:
                       
Cash assumed in business combination
    850              
Cash assumed in transfer of net assets to subsidiary bank
                450  
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
    (174 )     (48 )     (500 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    676       (48 )     (50 )
Financing Activities:
                       
Cash dividends paid
    (21,243 )     (28,190 )     (28,131 )
Proceeds from directors’ stock purchase plan
    250       244       231  
Proceeds from employees’ exercises of stock options
    42       36       1,508  
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (20,951 )     (27,910 )     (26,392 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,294 )     (28,479 )     31,978  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    7,784       36,263       4,285  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 5,490     $ 7,784     $ 36,263  
                         


96


Table of Contents

 
 
NOTE 22 — SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
 
The following quarterly information is unaudited. However, in the opinion of management, the information reflects all adjustments that are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for the periods presented.
 
                                 
    2010(1)  
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 46,122     $ 52,962     $ 55,998     $ 55,348  
Interest expense
    9,734       10,071       10,105       9,400  
                                 
Net interest income
    36,388       42,891       45,893       45,948  
Provision for loan losses
    14,000       12,700       8,600       10,300  
Noninterest income
    9,440       11,000       11,119       10,913  
Operating expenses
    29,189       34,650       36,216       36,747  
                                 
Income before income taxes
    2,639       6,541       12,196       9,814  
Federal income tax expense
    350       2,150       3,325       2,275  
                                 
Net income
  $ 2,289     $ 4,391     $ 8,871     $ 7,539  
                                 
Net income per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.10     $ 0.17     $ 0.32     $ 0.27  
Diluted
    0.10       0.17       0.32       0.27  
                                 
    2009  
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income
  $ 48,322     $ 48,283     $ 48,066     $ 48,060  
Interest expense
    11,732       11,305       11,403       10,847  
                                 
Net interest income
    36,590       36,978       36,663       37,213  
Provision for loan losses
    14,000       15,200       14,200       15,600  
Noninterest income
    9,857       10,958       10,092       10,212  
Operating expenses
    29,205       30,016       29,582       28,807  
                                 
Income before income taxes
    3,242       2,720       2,973       3,018  
Federal income tax expense
    524       426       500       500  
                                 
Net income
  $ 2,718     $ 2,294     $ 2,473     $ 2,518  
                                 
Net income per common share:
                               
Basic
  $ 0.11     $ 0.10     $ 0.10     $ 0.11  
Diluted
    0.11       0.10       0.10       0.11  
 
(1) On April 30, 2010, the Corporation acquired 100% of OAK for total consideration of $83.7 million. The total consideration consisted of the issuance of approximately 3.5 million shares of the Corporation’s common stock with a total value of $83.7 million at the acquisition date, the exchange of 26,425 stock options for the outstanding vested stock options of OAK with a value of the exchange equal to approximately $41,000 at the acquisition date, and approximately $8,000 of cash in lieu of fractional shares. At the acquisition date, OAK had $820 million in total assets, $627 million of loans and $693 million of total deposits.


97


Table of Contents

 
MARKET FOR CHEMICAL FINANCIAL
CORPORATION COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS (UNAUDITED)
 
Chemical Financial Corporation common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market® under the symbol CHFC. As of December 31, 2010, there were approximately 27.4 million shares of Chemical Financial Corporation common stock issued and outstanding, held by approximately 5,300 shareholders of record. The table below sets forth the range of high and low sales prices for transactions reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market® for Chemical Financial Corporation common stock for the periods indicated.
                                 
    2010   2009
    High   Low   High   Low
 
First quarter
  $ 24.99     $ 19.61     $ 28.59     $ 15.23  
Second quarter
    25.20       21.20       23.91       17.84  
Third quarter
    23.07       18.79       22.93       18.31  
Fourth quarter
    23.00       19.60       24.35       20.79  
 
The earnings of Chemical Bank are the principal source of funds for the Corporation to pay cash dividends to its shareholders. Accordingly, cash dividends are dependent upon the earnings, capital needs, regulatory constraints, and other factors affecting Chemical Bank. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of such limitations. The Corporation has paid regular cash dividends every quarter since it began operation as a bank holding company in 1973. The following table summarizes the quarterly cash dividends paid to shareholders over the past five years. Based on the financial condition of the Corporation at December 31, 2010, management expects the Corporation to pay quarterly cash dividends on its common shares in 2011. However, there can be no assurance as to future dividends because they are dependent on future earnings, capital requirements, regulatory approval and the Corporation’s financial condition. On February 21, 2011, the board of directors declared a $0.20 per share first quarter 2011 cash dividend, payable on March 18, 2011.
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
 
First quarter
  $ 0.200     $ 0.295     $ 0.295     $ 0.285     $ 0.275  
Second quarter
    0.200       0.295       0.295       0.285       0.275  
Third quarter
    0.200       0.295       0.295       0.285       0.275  
Fourth quarter
    0.200       0.295       0.295       0.285       0.275  
                                         
Total
  $ 0.800     $ 1.180     $ 1.180     $ 1.140     $ 1.100  
                                         


98


Table of Contents

 
SHAREHOLDER RETURN
 
The following line graph compares Chemical Financial Corporation’s cumulative total shareholder return on its common stock over the last five years, assuming the reinvestment of dividends, to the Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Stock Index and the KBW Regional Banking Index (Ticker: KRX). Both of these indices are also based upon total return (including reinvestment of dividends) and are market-capitalization-weighted indices. The S&P 500 Stock Index is a broad equity market index published by S&P. The KBW Regional Banking Index is published by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (KBW), an investment banking firm that specializes in the banking industry. The KBW Regional Banking Index is composed of 50 mid-cap regional bank holding companies. Historically, the Corporation compared its return to the KBW 50 Index. KBW discontinued the calculation of the KBW 50 Index at the end of 2009. The line graph assumes $100 was invested on December 31, 2005.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
The dollar values for total shareholder return plotted in the above graph are shown below:
 
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2010  
       
 
Chemical Financial Corporation
  $ 100.0     $ 108.6     $ 80.9     $ 99.3     $ 88.8     $ 86.5  
KBW Regional Banking Index
    100.0       108.6       84.7       69.0       53.7       64.7  
S&P 500 Stock Index
    100.0       115.8       122.2       77.0       97.3       112.0  


99


Table of Contents

 
CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
At December 31, 2010
 
     
Board of Directors
 
Gary E. Anderson — Lead Independent Director, Chemical Financial Corporation, Retired Chairman, Dow Corning Corporation (a diversified company specializing in the development, manufacture and marketing of silicones and related silicon-based products)
   
J. Daniel Bernson — Vice Chairman, The Hanson Group (a holding company with interests in diversified businesses in Southwest Michigan)
   
Nancy Bowman — Certified Public Accountant, Co-owner, Bowman & Rogers, PC (an accounting and tax services company)
   
James A. Currie — Investor
   
James R. Fitterling — Executive Vice President of The Dow Chemical Company (a diversified science and technology company that manufactures chemical, plastic and agricultural products), President of Plastics and Hydrocarbons within Dow
   
Thomas T. Huff — Attorney at Law, Thomas T. Huff, P.C., Owner of Peregrine Realty LLC (a real estate development company) and Peregrine Restaurant Group LLC (owner of London Grill restaurants)
   
Michael T. Laethem — President, Farm Depot, Ltd (a company that purchases, sells and leases farm equipment)
   
James B. Meyer — Retired Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Spartan Stores, Inc. (a food services wholesaler and retailer)
   
Terence F. Moore — President Emeritus, MidMichigan Health (a health care organization)
   
Aloysius J. Oliver — Retired Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Financial Corporation
   
David B. Ramaker — Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Financial Corporation, and Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Bank
   
Grace O. Shearer — Retired Chief Executive Officer of West Michigan Heart, P.C. (a cardiology service provider in West Michigan)
   
Larry D. Stauffer — Consultant, Auto Wares Inc. (an automotive parts distribution company)
   
William S. Stavropoulos — Chairman Emeritus, The Dow Chemical Company (a diversified science and technology company that manufactures chemical, plastic and agricultural products)
   
Franklin C. Wheatlake — Chairman, Utility Supply and Construction Company (a company that provides supply chain, material distribution, logistics support and construction services to the electric and gas utility industry)
Director Emeritus
 
Alan W. Ott, Retired Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Financial Corporation and Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Bank
Executive Officers
 
David B. Ramaker — Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Financial Corporation, and Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Chemical Bank
   
Lori A. Gwizdala — Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Chemical Financial Corporation
   
Thomas W. Kohn — Executive Vice President of Community Banking and Secretary, Chemical Financial Corporation
   
Kenneth W. Johnson — Executive Vice President and Director of Bank Operations, Chemical Bank
   
John E. Kessler — Executive Vice President and Senior Trust Officer, Chemical Bank
   
Dominic Monastiere — Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Management Officer, Chemical Bank
   
James E. Tomczyk — Executive Vice President and Senior Credit Officer, Chemical Bank


100


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
     
þ
  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
    or
o
  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
    For the transition period from            to           .
 
Commission File Number: 000-08185
 
 
CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
     
Michigan
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  38-2022454
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
     
235 E. Main Street
Midland, Michigan
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  48640
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (989) 839-5350
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Common Stock, $1 Par Value Per Share   The NASDAQ Stock Market
(Title of Class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes     No  ü 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes     No  ü 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes  ü No     
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes     No     
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ü 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
 Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  ü  Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company     
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)


101


 

 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes     No  ü 
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2010, determined using the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2010, as quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market®, was $541.9 million.
 
The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of January 31, 2011:
 
Common stock, $1 par value per share — 27,451,367 shares
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
This report incorporates into a single document the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) with respect to annual reports on Form 10-K and annual reports to shareholders. Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the April 18, 2011 annual shareholders’ meeting are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
 
Only those sections of this 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders that are specified in the following Cross Reference Index constitute part of the registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. No other information contained in this 2010 Annual Report to Shareholders shall be deemed to constitute any part of the registrant’s Form 10-K, nor shall any such information be incorporated into the Form 10-K, and such information shall not be deemed “filed” as part of the registrant’s Form 10-K.
 
Form 10-K Cross Reference Index
 
             
        Pages
 
 
           
  Business     103  
  Risk Factors     108  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     117  
  Properties     117  
  Legal Proceedings     117  
           
             
 
 
           
           
  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     117  
  Selected Financial Data     117  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     118  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     118  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     118  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     118  
  Controls and Procedures     118  
  Other Information     118  
           
             
 
 
           
           
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     118  
  Executive Compensation     119  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     119  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     120  
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services     120  
           
             
 
 
           
PART IV            
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     120  
           
             
 
 
        122  


102


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.  Business.
 
General Business
 
Chemical Financial Corporation (“Chemical” or the “Corporation”) is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and incorporated in the State of Michigan. Chemical was organized under Michigan law in August 1973 and is headquartered in Midland, Michigan. Chemical was substantially inactive until June 30, 1974, when it acquired Chemical Bank and Trust Company (CBT) pursuant to a reorganization in which the former shareholders of CBT became shareholders of Chemical. CBT’s name was changed to Chemical Bank on December 31, 2005.
 
In addition to the acquisition of CBT, the Corporation has acquired 20 community banks and 15 other branch bank offices through December 31, 2010 and has consolidated these acquisitions into one commercial subsidiary bank, Chemical Bank. Chemical Bank operates through an internal organizational structure of four regional banking units. During 2010, the Corporation acquired O.A.K. Financial Corporation (OAK). This transaction is discussed in more detail under the subheading, “Mergers, Acquisitions, Consolidations and Divestitures,” Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements and the subheading, “Acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation,” included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
Chemical Bank directly owns two operating non-bank subsidiaries: CFC Financial Services, Inc. and CFC Title Services, Inc. CFC Financial Services, Inc. is an insurance subsidiary that operates under the assumed name of “Chemical Financial Advisors” and provides mutual funds, annuity products and market securities to customers. CFC Title Services, Inc. is an issuer of title insurance to buyers and sellers of residential and commercial mortgage properties, including properties subject to loan refinancing.
 
At December 31, 2010, Chemical was the second largest commercial bank holding company headquartered in Michigan, measured by total assets, and together with Chemical Bank, employed a total of 1,608 full-time equivalent employees.
 
Chemical’s business is concentrated in a single industry segment — commercial banking. Chemical Bank offers a full range of traditional banking and fiduciary products and services. These include business and personal checking accounts, savings and individual retirement accounts, time deposit instruments, electronically accessed banking products, residential and commercial real estate financing, commercial lending, consumer financing, debit cards, safe deposit services, automated teller machines, access to insurance and investment products, money transfer services, corporate and personal wealth management services and other banking services.
 
The principal markets for these financial services are the communities within Michigan in which the branches of Chemical Bank are located and the areas surrounding these communities. As of December 31, 2010, Chemical and Chemical Bank served these markets through 142 banking offices located in 32 counties, all in the lower peninsula of Michigan. In addition to the banking offices, Chemical Bank operated three loan production offices and 162 automated teller machines, both on- and off-bank premises, as of December 31, 2010. The Corporation did not have banking offices or provide commercial banking services in the southeast portion of Michigan at December 31, 2010. The southeast portion of Michigan is not part of the Corporation’s current or projected markets for the delivery of its financial services.
 
A summary of the composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Composition of Loans:
                       
Commercial
    22.2 %     19.5 %     19.7 %
Real estate commercial
    29.3       26.2       26.4  
Real estate construction and land development
    3.9       4.1       4.0  
Real estate residential
    21.7       24.7       28.1  
Consumer installment and home equity
    22.9       25.5       21.8  
                         
Total composition of loans
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
 
While Chemical Bank’s loan portfolio is not concentrated in any one loan category, its largest loan category is real estate commercial loans. At December 31, 2010, real estate commercial loans totaled $1.1 billion, or 29.3% of total loans, compared to $786 million, or 26.2% of total loans, at December 31, 2009 and $786 million, or 26.4% of total loans, at December 31, 2008. The increase in real estate commercial loans during 2010 was primarily attributable to the acquisition of OAK.


103


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s general practice is to sell real estate residential loan originations with interest rates fixed for time periods greater than ten years in the secondary market. During 2010, the Corporation sold $276 million of real estate residential loan originations in the secondary market, compared to the sale of $361 million and $145 million of these loan originations during 2009 and 2008, respectively. The decrease in loans sold in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily attributable to the Corporation holding $71 million of fixed rate real estate residential loans with fifteen year terms in its own portfolio rather than selling them in the secondary market as has been its general practice. The increase in loans sold in 2009, compared to 2008, was attributable to the significant reduction in market interest rates that resulted in customers refinancing balloon and adjustable rate mortgages to long-term fixed interest rate loans, which the Corporation generally sells in the secondary market.
 
The principal source of revenue for Chemical is interest income and fees on loans, which accounted for 76% of total revenue in 2010, 74% of total revenue in 2009 and 72% of total revenue in 2008. Interest income on investment securities is also a significant source of revenue, accounting for 6% of total revenue in 2010, 8% of total revenue in 2009 and 10% of total revenue in 2008. Chemical has no foreign loans, assets or activities. No material part of the business of Chemical or its subsidiaries is dependent upon a single customer or very few customers.
 
The nature of the business of Chemical Bank is such that it holds title to numerous parcels of real property. These properties are primarily owned for branch offices. However, Chemical and Chemical Bank may hold properties for other business purposes, as well as on a temporary basis for properties taken in, or in lieu of, foreclosure to satisfy loans in default. Under current state and federal laws, present and past owners of real property may be exposed to liability for the cost of clean up of contamination on or originating from those properties, even if they are wholly innocent of the actions that caused the contamination. These liabilities can be material and can exceed the value of the contaminated property.
 
The Corporation offers wealth management services, including trust services, financial and estate planning, retirement programs, investment management and custodial services and employee benefit programs through the Wealth Management (formerly known as Trust and Investment Management Services) department of Chemical Bank. The Wealth Management department had assets under custodial and management arrangements of $2.11 billion, $1.91 billion and $1.67 billion as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Wealth Management department primarily earns revenue from fees based on the market value of those assets under management, which can fluctuate significantly as the market fluctuates.
 
Competition
 
The business of banking is highly competitive. In addition to competition from other commercial banks, banks face significant competition from nonbank financial institutions. The principal methods of competition for financial services are price (interest rates paid on deposits, interest rates charged on loans and fees charged for services) and service (convenience and quality of services rendered to customers). Savings associations and credit unions compete aggressively with commercial banks for deposits and loans, and credit unions and finance companies are particularly significant factors in the consumer loan market. Banks compete for deposits with a broad range of other types of investments, the most significant of which, over the past few years, have been mutual funds and annuities. Insurance companies and investment firms are also significant competitors for customer deposits. In response to the competition for customers’ bank deposits, Chemical Bank, through the Chemical Financial Advisors program, offers a broad array of mutual funds, annuity products and market securities through an alliance with an independent, registered broker/dealer. In addition, the Wealth Management department of Chemical Bank offers customers a variety of investment products and services.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
Banks and bank holding companies are extensively regulated. As of December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank was chartered by the State of Michigan and supervised, examined and regulated by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Regulation (OFIR). Chemical Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and, therefore, also is supervised, examined and regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board). Deposits of Chemical Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to the maximum extent provided by law. Chemical has elected to be regulated by the Federal Reserve Board as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.
 
State banks and bank holding companies are governed by both federal and state laws that significantly limit their business activities in a number of respects. Examples of such limitations include: (1) prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, and in some cases various other governing agencies, is required for bank holding companies to acquire control of any additional bank holding companies, banks or branches, (2) the business activities of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are limited to banking and to other activities that are determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be closely related to banking, and (3) transactions between bank holding company subsidiary banks are significantly restricted by banking laws and regulations. Somewhat broader activities are permitted for qualifying financial holding companies, such as Chemical.


104


Table of Contents

Chemical is a legal entity separate and distinct from Chemical Bank. Chemical’s primary source of funds is dividends paid to it by Chemical Bank. Federal and state banking laws and regulations limit both the extent to which Chemical Bank can lend or otherwise supply funds to Chemical and also place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends Chemical Bank may pay to Chemical. Additional information on restrictions regarding dividends of Chemical and Chemical Bank may be found under Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements and is here incorporated by reference.
 
To recharacterize itself as a financial holding company and to avail itself of the broader powers permitted for financial holding companies, a bank holding company must meet certain regulatory standards for being “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and “satisfactory” in its Community Reinvestment Act compliance. The Corporation became a financial holding company in 2000.
 
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, Chemical is expected to act as a source of financial strength to Chemical Bank and to commit resources to support Chemical Bank. In addition, if the OFIR deems Chemical Bank’s capital to be impaired, OFIR may require Chemical Bank to restore its capital by a special assessment on Chemical as Chemical Bank’s only shareholder. If Chemical failed to pay any assessment, Chemical’s directors would be required, under Michigan law, to sell the shares of Chemical Bank’s stock owned by Chemical to the highest bidder at either a public or private auction and use the proceeds of the sale to restore Chemical Bank’s capital.
 
The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have established guidelines for risk-based capital by bank holding companies and banks. These guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet exposures. These capital guidelines primarily define the components of capital, categorize assets into different risk classes, and include certain off-balance-sheet items in the calculation of capital requirements.
 
The FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, federal banking regulators have established five capital categories, well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, in which all institutions are placed. The federal banking agencies have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each of the categories.
 
Federal banking regulators are required to take specified mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must generally appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. An institution in any of the undercapitalized categories is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from paying any dividends, increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval.
 
Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and other restrictions on its business. In addition, such a bank would generally not receive regulatory approval of any application that requires the consideration of capital adequacy, such as a branch or merger application, unless the bank could demonstrate a reasonable plan to meet the capital requirement within a reasonable period of time. The capital ratio of Chemical Bank exceeds the regulatory guidelines for institutions to be categorized as “well-capitalized.” Additional information on Chemical and Chemical Bank’s capital ratios may be found under Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements and is here incorporated by reference.
 
The FDIC formed the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (Reform Act). The FDIC maintains the insurance reserves of the DIF by assessing depository institutions an insurance premium. The FDIC implemented the Reform Act to create a stronger and more stable insurance system. The Reform Act enables the FDIC to tie each depository institution’s DIF insurance premiums both to the balance of insured deposits, as well as to the degree of risk the institution poses to the DIF. In addition, the FDIC has flexibility to manage the DIF’s reserve ratio within a range, which in turn may help prevent sharp swings in assessment rates that were possible prior to the Reform Act. Under the Reform Act’s risk-based assessment system, the FDIC will evaluate each depository institution’s risk based on three primary sources of information: supervisory ratings for all insured institutions, certain financial ratios for most institutions, and long-term debt issuer ratings for large institutions that have them. Neither the Corporation nor Chemical Bank has a long-term debt issuer rating. The ability to differentiate on the basis of risk improves incentives for effective risk management and may reduce the extent to which safer banks subsidize riskier ones. The FDIC modified insurance premium assessments subsequent to the Reform Act, as discussed below.


105


Table of Contents

As part of the Reform Act, Congress provided credits to institutions that paid high premiums in the past to bolster the FDIC’s insurance reserves to offset a portion of DIF insurance reserve assessments. The Corporation’s assessment credits received from the FDIC were $3.2 million effective January 1, 2007. The Corporation’s DIF insurance premium in 2008 was $2.0 million, which was offset by the remaining $1.4 million of assessment credits.
 
In December 2008, the FDIC finalized a rule that raised the then current deposit assessment rates uniformly by 7 basis points for the first quarter of 2009 assessment. The rule resulted in annualized assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions ranging from 12 to 14 basis points in 2009. In February 2009, the FDIC issued rules to amend the DIF restoration plan, change the risk-based assessment system and set increased assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions beginning in the second quarter of 2009. Effective April 1, 2009, for Risk Category 1 institutions, the methodology for establishing assessment rates for large institutions, such as Chemical Bank, was established to determine the initial base assessment rate by using a weighted combination of weighted-average CAMELS component ratings, long-term debt issuer ratings (converted to numbers and averaged) and certain financial ratios. The initial base assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions ranged from 12 to 16 basis points, on an annualized basis, and from 7 to 24 basis points after the effect of potential base-rate adjustments for the last three quarters of 2009 and all of 2010. Chemical Bank was by definition a Risk Category 1 institution during all of 2009 and 2010. The Corporation’s DIF insurance premiums in 2009 and 2010 were $4.9 million and $7.1 million, respectively.
 
In May 2009, the FDIC issued a rule which levied a special assessment applicable to all FDIC insured depository institutions totaling 5 basis points of each institution’s total assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, not to exceed 10 basis points of domestic deposits. The special assessment was part of the FDIC’s efforts to restore the DIF reserves. The Corporation recognized $1.8 million of additional deposit insurance expense in the second quarter of 2009 related to the special assessment. In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepayment calculation was based on an institution’s assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 and assumed a 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base. On December 30, 2009, the Corporation prepaid $19.7 million in risk-based assessments. In conjunction with the adoption of the prepaid assessment, the FDIC also adopted a uniform 3 basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011; however, in November 2010 the FDIC issued a proposed rule that would further change assessment rates beginning April 1, 2011, as discussed below.
 
In November 2010, the FDIC issued a proposed rule, which was adopted in February 2011, that changes the assessment base and assessment rates used to compute quarterly FDIC insurance assessments beginning April 1, 2011. Under the rule, the assessment base for all insured institutions, as mandated by The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act), will change to average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity. In addition, the initial base assessment rates for Risk Category 1 institutions will range from 5 to 9 basis points, on an annualized basis, and from 2.5 to 9 basis points after the effect of potential base-rate adjustments. Based upon the adopted rule and the Corporation’s average assessment base (under the adopted rule) at December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s FDIC premiums are expected to be lower in 2011 than in 2010.
 
In October 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (EESA) was signed into law. Under the EESA, the basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage was temporarily increased from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2009. In May 2009, the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act was signed into law, which extended the temporary deposit insurance increase of $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013. On July 21, 2010, legislation was passed to permanently increase the FDIC deposit insurance coverage to $250,000 per depositor. In addition to EESA, in November 2008, the FDIC adopted a rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP). The TLGP was amended by the FDIC in August 2009 to extend maturity dates originally adopted under the November 2008 rule. Under the TLGP, the FDIC (i) guarantees, through the earlier of maturity or December 31, 2012, certain newly-issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008 and through October 31, 2009 and (ii) provides full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for covered accounts, which are defined as noninterest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (NOW) accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (IOLTA) held at participating FDIC-insured institutions through June 30, 2010 (and later extended to December 31, 2010). The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage is an annualized 10 basis points assessed quarterly on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000. The Corporation elected to participate in both guarantee programs. In October 2009, the FDIC also established a limited, six-month emergency guarantee facility upon expiration of the debt guarantee program, under which certain eligible participating entities could issue FDIC-guaranteed debt starting October 31, 2009 through April 30, 2010. The fee for issuing debt under the emergency facility was at least 300 basis points per annum. The Corporation did issue any FDIC-guaranteed debt under the TLGP. In November 2010, the FDIC issued a rule which provides unlimited insurance coverage on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts beginning December 31, 2010 and expiring December 31, 2012.


106


Table of Contents

The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized the Financing Corporation (FICO) to impose periodic assessments on all depository institutions. The purpose of these periodic assessments is to spread the cost of the interest payments on the outstanding FICO bonds issued to recapitalize the Savings Association Insurance Fund over a larger number of institutions. The Corporation’s FICO assessment was $0.4 million in 2010 and $0.3 million in both 2009 and 2008. The Corporation expects these assessments to continue in 2011 and beyond.
 
Banks are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations that have a material impact on their business. These include, among others, minimum capital requirements, state usury laws, state laws relating to fiduciaries, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the USA Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, Office of Foreign Assets Controls regulations, electronic funds transfer laws, redlining laws, predatory lending laws, antitrust laws, environmental laws, anti-money laundering laws and privacy laws. These laws and regulations can have a significant effect on the operating results of banks.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States, establishes the new federal Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (BCFP), and will require the BCFP and other federal agencies to implement many new and significant rules and regulations. At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting rules and regulations will impact the Corporation’s and Chemical Bank’s business. Compliance with these new laws and regulations will likely result in additional costs, which could be significant and could adversely impact the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
 
Banks are subject to the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA). Under the terms of the CRA, the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency is required, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess such bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the community served by that bank, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the bank’s record is made available to the public. Further, such assessment is required of any bank that has applied to: (1) obtain deposit insurance coverage for a newly chartered institution, (2) establish a new branch office that will accept deposits, (3) relocate an office, or (4) merge or consolidate with, or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of, a federally regulated financial institution. In the case of a bank holding company applying for approval to acquire a bank or another bank holding company, the Federal Reserve Board will assess the CRA compliance record of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company, and such compliance records may be the basis for denying the application.
 
Bank holding companies may acquire banks located in any state in the United States without regard to geographic restrictions or reciprocity requirements imposed by state law. Banks may establish interstate branch networks through acquisitions of other banks. The establishment of de novo interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is allowed only if specifically authorized by state law.
 
Michigan permits both U.S. and non-U.S. banks to establish branch offices in Michigan. The Michigan Banking Code permits, in appropriate circumstances and with the approval of the OFIR (1) acquisition of Michigan banks by FDIC-insured banks, savings banks or savings and loan associations located in other states, (2) sale by a Michigan bank of branches to an FDIC-insured bank, savings bank or savings and loan association located in a state in which a Michigan bank could purchase branches of the purchasing entity, (3) consolidation of Michigan banks and FDIC-insured banks, savings banks or savings and loan associations located in other states having laws permitting such consolidation, (4) establishment of branches in Michigan by FDIC-insured banks located in other states, the District of Columbia or U.S. territories or protectorates having laws permitting a Michigan bank to establish a branch in such jurisdiction, and (5) establishment by foreign banks of branches located in Michigan. A Michigan bank holding company may acquire a non-Michigan bank and a non-Michigan bank holding company may acquire a Michigan bank.
 
On September 30, 2006, Congress passed the Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006 (Relief Act). The Relief Act authorizes the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) to pay interest on reserves starting October 1, 2011, although the EESA accelerated the effective date to October 1, 2008. As a result of the FRB paying interest on reserves, the Corporation maintained its excess funds at the FRB throughout most of 2009 and all of 2010.
 
The information under the heading “Bank Industry Developments” above is here incorporated by reference.
 
Mergers, Acquisitions, Consolidations and Divestitures
 
The Corporation’s strategy for growth includes strengthening its presence in core markets, expanding into contiguous markets and broadening its product offerings while taking into account the integration and other risks of growth. The Corporation evaluates strategic acquisition opportunities and conducts due diligence activities in connection with possible transactions. As a


107


Table of Contents

result, discussions, and in some cases, negotiations may take place and future acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities may occur. These generally involve payment of a premium over book value and current market price, and therefore, some dilution of book value and net income per share may occur with any future transaction.
 
There were no business combinations, consolidations or divestitures completed by the Corporation during 2008 or 2009.
 
On April 30, 2010, the Corporation acquired 100% of O.A.K. Financial Corporation (OAK) for total consideration of $83.7 million. The total consideration consisted of the issuance of 3,529,772 shares of the Corporation’s common stock with a total value of $83.7 million based upon a market price per share of $23.70 at the acquisition date, the exchange of 26,425 stock options for the outstanding vested stock options of OAK with a value of the exchange equal to approximately $41,000 at the acquisition date, and approximately $8,000 of cash in lieu of fractional shares.
 
Availability of Financial Information
 
The Corporation files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Those reports include the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports. The public may read and copy any materials the Corporation files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The Corporation’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may be obtained without charge upon written request to Lori A. Gwizdala, Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, at P.O. Box 569, Midland, Michigan 48640-0569 and are accessible at no cost on the Corporation’s website at www.chemicalbankmi.com in the “Investor Information” section, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Copies of exhibits may also be requested at the cost of 30 cents per page from the Corporation’s corporate offices. In addition, interactive copies of the Corporation’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K and the 2011 Proxy Statement are available at www.edocumentview.com/chfc.
 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors.
 
The Corporation’s business model is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Although the Corporation seeks ways to manage these risks and develop programs to control those risks that management can, the Corporation ultimately cannot predict the future or control all of the risks to which it is subject. Actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations. Some of these significant risks and uncertainties are discussed below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones that the Corporation faces. Additional risks and uncertainties of which the Corporation is unaware, or that it currently deems immaterial, also may become important factors that adversely affect the Corporation and its business. If any of these risks were to occur, the Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the market price of the Corporation’s common stock per share could decline significantly.
 
Investments in Chemical common stock involve risk.
 
The market price of Chemical common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, including, among other things:
 
•  Variations in quarterly or annual results of operations
 
•  Changes in dividends paid per share
 
•  Deterioration in asset quality
 
•  Changes in interest rates
 
•  Declining real estate values
 
•  New developments in the banking industry
 
•  Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by, or involving, the Corporation or its competitors
 
•  Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions
 
•  Regulatory actions


108


Table of Contents

 
•  Volatility of stock market prices and volumes
 
•  Issuance of additional shares of common stock or other debt or equity securities of the Corporation
 
•  Changes in market valuations of similar companies
 
•  Current uncertainties and fluctuations in the financial markets and stocks of financial services providers due to concerns about credit availability and concerns about the Michigan economy in particular
 
•  Changes in securities analysts’ estimates of financial performance or recommendations
 
•  New litigation or contingencies or changes in existing litigation or contingencies
 
•  New technology used, or services offered, by competitors
 
•  Changes in accounting policies or procedures as may be required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other regulatory agencies
 
•  News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry
 
•  Perceptions in the marketplace regarding the Corporation and/or its competitors
 
•  Rumors or erroneous information
 
•  Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts
 
Asset quality could deteriorate.
 
A significant source of risk for the Corporation arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loan agreements. Most loans originated by the Corporation are secured, but some loans are unsecured depending on the nature of the loan. With respect to secured loans, the collateral securing the repayment of these loans includes a wide variety of real and personal property that may be insufficient to cover the obligations owed under such loans. Collateral values are adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including continued declines in the value of real estate, changes in interest rates, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, terrorist activity, environmental contamination and other external events.
 
The Corporation maintains an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to net income that represents management’s estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for probable loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, the value of real estate, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires the Corporation to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions and declines in real estate values affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of the Corporation’s control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. Any significant increase in the allowance for loan losses would likely result in a significant decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 4 — Loans in the notes to consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data located elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to the Corporation’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.
 
Environmental liability associated with commercial lending could result in losses.
 
In the course of its business, the Corporation may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans it has originated or purchased that are in default. Particularly in real estate commercial lending, there is a risk that hazardous substances could be discovered on these properties. In this event, the Corporation might be required to remove these substances from the affected properties at the Corporation’s sole cost and expense. The cost of this removal could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. The Corporation may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sell the affected properties. These events could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations and financial condition.


109


Table of Contents

The Corporation may face increasing pressure from purchasers of its residential mortgage loans to repurchase those loans or reimburse purchasers for losses related to those loans.
 
The Corporation generally sells the fixed rate long-term residential mortgage loans it originates in the secondary market. In response to the financial crisis, the Corporation believes that purchasers of residential mortgage loans, such as government sponsored entities, are increasing their efforts to seek to require sellers of residential mortgage loans to either repurchase loans previously sold or reimburse purchasers for losses related to loans previously sold when losses are incurred on a loan previously sold due to actual or alleged failure to strictly conform to the purchaser’s purchase criteria. As a result, the Corporation may face increasing pressure from purchasers of its residential mortgage loans to repurchase those loans or reimburse purchasers for losses related to those loans and it may face increasing expenses to defend against such claims. If the Corporation is required in the future to repurchase loans previously sold, reimburse purchasers for losses related to loans previously sold, or if it incurs increasing expenses to defend against such claims, the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations would be negatively affected.
 
The Corporation holds general obligation, municipal bonds in its investment securities portfolio. If one or more issuers of these bonds were to become insolvent and default on its obligations under the bonds, it could have a negative effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
 
Some experts have raised concerns about the financial difficulties of municipalities and the potential for many municipalities to become insolvent. Municipal bonds held by the Corporation totaled $201 million at December 31, 2010, and were issued by many different municipalities with no significant concentration in any single municipality. The Corporation has conducted an examination of the credit quality of the municipalities whose bonds are held in the investment securities portfolio. The Corporation believes the overall credit quality of the municipalities to be good and expects the municipal bonds to continue to perform in accordance with their terms. However, there can be no assurance that the financial conditions of these municipalities will not be materially and adversely affected by future economic conditions. If one or more of the issuers of these bonds were to become insolvent and default on their obligations under the bonds, it could have a negative effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
 
The Corporation depends upon the accuracy and completeness of information about customers.
 
In deciding whether to extend credit to customers, the Corporation may rely on information provided to it by its customers, including financial statements and other financial information. The Corporation may also rely on representations of customers as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. The Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent that the Corporation extends credit in reliance on financial statements that do not comply with generally accepted accounting principles or that are misleading or other information provided by customers that is false or misleading.
 
General economic conditions, and in particular conditions in the State of Michigan, effect the Corporation’s business.
 
The Corporation is affected by general economic conditions in the United States, although most directly within Michigan. Since December 2007, the United States has been in a recession, while the State of Michigan has experienced economic difficulties since at least 2006. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions is greatly reduced and many businesses are in serious difficulty due to the lack of consumer spending and the lack of liquidity in the credit markets. Unemployment has increased significantly. A further economic downturn or continued weak business environment within Michigan could further negatively impact household and corporate incomes. This impact may lead to decreased demand for both loan and deposit products and increase the number of customers who fail to pay interest or principal on their loans.
 
The Corporation’s success depends primarily on the general economic conditions of the State of Michigan and the specific local markets in which the Corporation operates. The local economic conditions in these local markets have a significant impact on the demand for the Corporation’s products and services as well as the ability of the Corporation’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collateral securing loans and the stability of the Corporation’s deposit funding sources. Economic conditions experienced in the State of Michigan have been more adverse than in the United States generally, and these conditions are not expected to significantly improve in the near future. Substantially all of the Corporation’s loans are to individuals and businesses in Michigan. Consequently, any further or prolonged decline in Michigan’s economy could have a materially adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. A significant further decline or a prolonged period of the lack of improvement in general economic conditions, whether caused by recession, inflation, unemployment, changes in securities markets, acts of terrorism, other international or domestic occurrences or other factors could impact these local


110


Table of Contents

economic conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
If Chemical does not adjust to changes in the financial services industry, its financial performance may suffer.
 
Chemical’s ability to maintain its financial performance and return on investment to shareholders will depend in part on its ability to maintain and grow its core deposit customer base and expand its financial services to its existing and/or new customers. In addition to other banks, competitors include savings associations, credit unions, securities dealers, brokers, mortgage bankers, investment advisors and finance and insurance companies. The increasingly competitive environment is, in part, a result of changes in the economic environment within the State of Michigan, regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service providers. New competitors may emerge to increase the degree of competition for Chemical’s customers and services. Financial services and products are also constantly changing. Chemical’s financial performance will also depend in part upon customer demand for Chemical’s products and services and Chemical’s ability to develop and offer competitive financial products and services.
 
Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.
 
Technology and other changes are allowing customers to complete financial transactions without the involvement of banks. For example, consumers can now pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries in financial transactions, known as disintermediation, could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits.
 
Changes in interest rates could reduce Chemical’s net income and cash flow.
 
Chemical’s net income and cash flow depends, to a great extent, on the difference between the interest earned on loans and securities and the interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. Market interest rates are beyond Chemical’s control, and they fluctuate in response to general economic conditions, the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, including, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board, and competition. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates and interest rate relationships, will influence the origination of loans, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits and the interest rates received on loans and securities and interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies, any significant adverse effects of changes in interest rates on the Corporation’s results of operations, or any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. See the sections captioned “Net Interest Income” and “Market Risk” in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations located elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to the Corporation’s management of interest rate risk.
 
The Corporation may be required to pay additional insurance premiums to the FDIC, which could negatively impact earnings.
 
Insured institution failures in 2009 and 2010 and expectations of continued historically high volumes of insured institution failures in 2011, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions, have significantly increased FDIC loss provisions, resulting in a decline in the designated reserve ratio to historical lows. Insured institution failures could remain elevated; thus, the reserve ratio may continue to decline despite the FDIC’s efforts to increase the reserve ratio. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased FDIC insurance coverage to $250,000 per depositor and the FDIC issued a rule in November 2010 that provides unlimited FDIC coverage on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts through December 31, 2012.
 
Depending upon the magnitude of future losses that the FDIC insurance fund suffers, there can be no assurance that there will not be additional premium increases or assessments in order to replenish the fund. The FDIC may need to set a higher base rate schedule based on future financial institution failures and updated failure and loss projections. Potentially higher FDIC assessment rates than those currently projected or additional special assessments could have an adverse impact on the Corporation’s results of operations.
 
The Corporation is subject to liquidity risk in its operations, which could adversely affect its ability to fund various obligations.
 
Liquidity risk is the possibility of being unable to meet obligations as they come due or capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding on a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within


111


Table of Contents

acceptable risk tolerances. Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit obligations to borrowers, loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of debt, dividends to shareholders, operating expenses and capital expenditures. Liquidity is derived primarily from retail deposit growth and earnings retention, principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities, net cash provided from operations and access to other funding. If the Corporation is unable to maintain adequate liquidity, then its business, financial condition and results of operations would be negatively effected.
 
The Corporation may issue debt and equity securities that are senior to Corporation common stock as to distributions and in liquidation, which could negatively affect the value of Corporation common stock.
 
In the future, the Corporation may increase its capital resources by entering into debt or debt-like financing or issuing debt or equity securities, which could include issuances of senior notes, subordinated notes, preferred stock or common stock. In the event of the Corporation’s liquidation, its lenders and holders of its debt securities would receive a distribution of the Corporation’s available assets before distributions to the holders of Corporation common stock. The Corporation’s decision to incur debt and issue securities in future offerings will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond its control. The Corporation cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of its future offerings and debt financings. Future offerings could reduce the value of shares of Corporation common stock and dilute a shareholder’s interest in the Corporation.
 
Evaluation of investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment involves subjective determinations and could materially impact the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition.
 
The evaluation of impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties and is intended to determine whether declines in the fair value of investments should be recognized in current period earnings. The risks and uncertainties include changes in general economic conditions, the issuer’s net income, projected net income and financial condition or future recovery prospects, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads and the expected recovery period. Estimating future cash flows involves incorporating information received from third-party sources and making internal assumptions and judgments regarding the future performance of the underlying collateral and/or value of the underlying asset and also assessing the probability that an adverse change in future cash flows has occurred. The determination of the amount of other-than-temporary impairments is based upon the Corporation’s quarterly evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.
 
Additionally, the Corporation’s management considers a wide range of factors about the security issuer and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) the Corporation’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value; (vii) unfavorable changes in forecasted cash flows on residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; and (viii) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies. Impairments to the carrying value of our investment securities may need to be taken in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
The Corporation may be required to recognize an impairment of goodwill or to establish a valuation allowance against deferred income tax assets, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition.
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts paid to acquire subsidiaries over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. The Corporation tests goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. Substantially all of the Corporation’s goodwill at December 31, 2010 was recorded on the books of Chemical Bank. The fair value of Chemical Bank is impacted by the performance of its business and other factors. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, the Corporation must write-down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income. Such write-downs could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations and financial position.
 
Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination


112


Table of Contents

include the performance of the Corporation, including the ability to generate taxable net income. If, based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized, then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income. As of December 31, 2010, the Corporation did not carry a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. Future facts and circumstances may require a valuation allowance. Charges to establish a valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations and financial position.
 
If the Corporation is required to take a valuation allowance with respect to its mortgage servicing rights, its financial condition and results of operations would be negatively affected.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights had a book value of $3.8 million and a fair value of approximately $5.7 million. Because of the current interest rate environment and the increasing rate and speed of mortgage refinancings, it is possible that the Corporation may have to establish a valuation allowance with respect to its mortgage servicing rights in the future. If the Corporation is required in the future to take a valuation allowance with respect to its mortgage servicing rights, the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations would be negatively affected.
 
The Corporation may be a defendant in a variety of litigation and other actions, which may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
Chemical and its subsidiaries may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation arising out of its business. The Corporation’s insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it, and any claims asserted against it, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm its reputation or cause Chemical to incur unexpected expenses, which could be material in amount. Should the ultimate expenses, judgments or settlements in any litigation exceed the Corporation’s insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Corporation may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may it be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.
 
The Corporation operates in a highly competitive industry and market area.
 
The Corporation faces substantial competition in all areas of its operations from a variety of different competitors, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national and regional banks within the various markets where the Corporation operates. The Corporation also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, savings and loans, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. The Corporation competes with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making new loans. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry into the market and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks. Many of the Corporation’s competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures, such as credit unions that are not subject to federal income tax. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than the Corporation can.
 
The Corporation’s ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:
 
•  The ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets
 
•  The ability to expand the Corporation’s market position
 
•  The scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands
 
•  The rate at which the Corporation introduces new products and services relative to its competitors
 
•  Customer satisfaction with the Corporation’s level of service
 
•  Industry and general economic trends
 
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken the Corporation’s competitive position, which could adversely affect the Corporation’s growth and profitability, which in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.


113


Table of Contents

Legislative or regulatory changes or actions, or significant litigation, could adversely impact the Corporation or the businesses in which it is engaged.
 
The financial services industry is extensively regulated. The Corporation and Chemical Bank are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that govern almost all aspects of their operations. Laws and regulations may change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds, and not to benefit the Corporation’s shareholders. The impact of any changes to laws and regulations or other actions by regulatory agencies may negatively impact the Corporation or its ability to increase the value of its business. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution, the classification of assets by the institution and the adequacy of an institution’s allowance for loan losses. Future regulatory changes or accounting pronouncements may increase the Corporation’s regulatory capital requirements or adversely affect its regulatory capital levels. Additionally, actions by regulatory agencies or significant litigation against the Corporation or Chemical Bank could require the Corporation to devote significant time and resources to defending its business and may lead to penalties that materially affect the Corporation and its shareholders.
 
The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Corporation.
 
The Corporation’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Corporation has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and it routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial industry. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by the Corporation or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Corporation to credit risk in the event of default of the Corporation’s counterparty or client. In addition, the Corporation’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral that it holds cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices insufficient to recover the full amount of the loan. The Corporation can give no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect its business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
A substantial decline in the value of the Corporation’s Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis stock may adversely affect its financial condition.
 
The Corporation owns stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis (the “FHLB”), in order to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which enables it to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank advance program. The carrying value of the Corporation’s FHLB common stock was approximately $18.7 million as of December 31, 2010.
 
Published reports indicate that certain member banks of the Federal Home Loan Bank system may be subject to asset quality risks that could result in materially lower regulatory capital levels. In December 2008, certain member banks of the Federal Home Loan Bank system (including the FHLB) suspended dividend payments and the repurchase of capital stock until further notice. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the FHLB, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. Consequently, given that there is no market for the Corporation’s FHLB stock, the Corporation believes that there is a risk that the investment could be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired at some time in the future. If this occurs, it may adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition. If the FHLB were to cease operations, or if the Corporation were required to write-off the investment in the FHLB, its business, financial condition, liquidity, capital and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
 
Recently enacted financial reform legislation may have a significant impact on the Corporation and results of its operations.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States, establishes the new federal Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (BCFP), and will require the BCFP and other federal agencies to implement many new and significant rules and regulations. At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting rules and regulations will impact the Corporation’s and Chemical Bank’s business. Compliance with these new laws and regulations will likely result in additional costs, which could be significant and could adversely impact the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.


114


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented.
 
Management regularly reviews and updates the Corporation’s internal controls and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. A significant failure or circumvention of the Corporation’s controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
The anticipated benefits or results of the Corporation’s acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation may not be achieved.
 
On April 30, 2010, the Corporation completed its acquisition of O.A.K. Financial Corporation (“OAK”). On July 23, 2010, the Corporation completed the consolidation of Byron Bank, OAK’s subsidiary, with and into Chemical Bank. Risks related to the OAK acquisition include:
 
•  The anticipated benefits, including anticipated cost savings and strategic gains, may be significantly harder or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events.
 
•  Chemical’s ability to achieve anticipated results from the transaction is dependent on the state of the economic and financial markets going forward, which have been under significant stress recently. Specifically, Chemical may incur more credit losses from OAK’s loan portfolio than expected and deposit attrition may be greater than expected.
 
•  The complete integration of OAK’s business and operations into Chemical may take longer than anticipated or be more costly than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results.
 
Potential acquisitions may disrupt the Corporation’s business and dilute shareholder value.
 
The Corporation seeks merger or acquisition partners, including FDIC assisted acquisitions, that are culturally similar and have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale or expanded services. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:
 
•  The recording of assets and liabilities of the target company at fair value may materially dilute shareholder value at the transaction date and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition
 
•  The time and costs associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger targets
 
•  Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company
 
•  The estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution may not be accurate
 
•  Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company
 
•  The time and costs of evaluating new markets, hiring experienced local management and opening new offices, and the time lags between these activities and the generation of sufficient assets and deposits to support the costs of the expansion
 
•  The diversion of the Corporation’s management’s attention to the negotiation of a transaction, and the integration of the operations and personnel of the combining businesses
 
•  The introduction of new products and services into the Corporation’s business
 
•  Potential disruption to the Corporation’s business
 
•  The incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects on the Corporation’s results of operations
 
•  The possible loss of key employees and customers of the target company
 
•  Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company
 
•  Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company
 
The transactions may be more expensive to complete and the anticipated benefits, including cost savings and strategic gains, may be significantly harder or take longer to achieve than expected or may not be achieved in their entirety as a result of unexpected factors or events, including the economic and financial conditions within the State of Michigan. Also, the Corporation may issue equity securities in connection with future acquisitions, which could cause ownership and economic dilution to its current shareholders.


115


Table of Contents

The Corporation regularly evaluates merger and acquisition opportunities and conducts due diligence activities related to possible transactions with other financial institutions and financial services companies. As a result, merger or acquisition discussions and, in some cases, negotiations may take place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt or equity securities may occur at any time. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, dilution of the Corporation’s tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
If the Corporation cannot raise additional capital when needed, its ability to further expand its operations through organic growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired.
 
The Corporation is required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain specified levels of capital to support its operations. The Corporation may need to raise additional capital to support its continued growth. The Corporation’s ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside the Corporation’s control, and on its financial performance. The Corporation cannot assure that it will be able to raise additional capital in the future on terms acceptable to the Corporation. If the Corporation cannot raise additional capital when needed, its ability to further expand its operations through organic growth and acquisitions could be materially limited.
 
Chemical relies on dividends from its subsidiary bank for most of its revenue.
 
Chemical is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiary bank, Chemical Bank. It receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends from Chemical Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay cash dividends on the Corporation’s common stock. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that Chemical Bank may pay to Chemical. In the event Chemical Bank is unable to pay dividends to Chemical, the Corporation may not be able to pay cash dividends on the Corporation’s common stock. The earnings of Chemical Bank have been the principal source of funds to pay cash dividends to shareholders. Over the long-term, cash dividends to shareholders are dependent upon earnings, as well as capital requirements, regulatory restraints and other factors affecting Chemical Bank. Due to the strength of the Corporation’s capital position, the Corporation has the financial ability to pay cash dividends to shareholders in excess of the earnings of Chemical Bank. The length of time the Corporation could sustain cash dividends to shareholders in excess of the current earnings of Chemical Bank is dependent on the magnitude of the earnings shortfall, the capital levels of both Chemical Bank and the Corporation and obtaining regulatory approval. See the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1. Business and Note 20 — Regulatory Capital and Reserve Requirements in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, which are located elsewhere in this report.
 
Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or customer information, whether through a breach of computer systems or otherwise, could severely harm Chemical’s business.
 
As part of the Corporation’s business, the Corporation collects, processes and retains sensitive and confidential client and customer information on behalf of Chemical and other third parties. Despite the security measures the Corporation has in place for its facilities and systems, and the security measures of its third party service providers, the Corporation may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors or other similar events. Any security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential customer information, whether by Chemical or by its vendors, could severely damage the Corporation’s reputation, expose it to the risks of litigation and liability, disrupt the Corporation’s operations and have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.
 
The Corporation’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.
 
The Corporation relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Corporation’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While the Corporation has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Corporation’s information systems would not damage the Corporation’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Corporation to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Corporation to civil litigation and financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.


116


Table of Contents

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact the Corporation’s business.
 
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Corporation’s ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of the Corporation’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Corporation to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations.
 
Additional risks and uncertainties could have a negative effect on financial performance.
 
Additional factors could have a negative effect on the financial performance of Chemical and Chemical’s common stock. Some of these factors are financial market conditions, changes in financial accounting and reporting standards, new litigation or changes in existing litigation, regulatory actions and losses.
 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
None.
 
Item 2.  Properties.
 
The executive offices of Chemical, the accounting department of Chemical and Chemical Bank and the accounting services, marketing, risk management and Wealth Management departments of Chemical Bank are located at 235 E. Main Street in downtown Midland, Michigan, in a three-story, approximately 35,000 square foot office building, owned by the Corporation. The main office of Chemical Bank and the majority of its remaining operations’ departments are located in a three story, approximately 74,000 square foot office building in downtown Midland, Michigan at 333 E. Main Street, owned by Chemical Bank.
 
Chemical Bank also conducted business from a total of 141 other banking offices and three loan production offices as of December 31, 2010. These offices are located in the lower peninsula of Michigan. Of the total offices, 136 are owned by Chemical Bank and ten are leased from independent parties with remaining lease terms of less than one year to four years and eight months. This leased property is considered insignificant. The Corporation’s and Chemical Bank’s owned properties are owned free from mortgages.
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.
 
As of December 31, 2010, Chemical was not a party to any material pending legal proceeding. As of December 31, 2010, Chemical Bank was a party, as plaintiff or defendant, to a number of legal proceedings, none of which are considered material, and all of which are considered ordinary routine litigation incidental to its business.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Information required by this item is included under the heading “Market for Chemical Financial Corporation Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters (Unaudited).” See Item 12 for information with respect to the Corporation’s equity compensation plans. All of this information is here incorporated by reference.
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.
 
The information required by this item is included under the heading “Selected Financial Data” and is here incorporated by reference.


117


Table of Contents

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
The information required by this item is included under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
 
The information required by this item is included under the subheadings “Liquidity Risk” and “Market Risk” of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
The information required by this item is included under the headings “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” “Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.
 
Chemical’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on and as of the time of that evaluation, the Corporation’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.
 
Information required by this item is also included under the heading “Management’s Assessment as to the Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting” and under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is here incorporated by reference. There was no change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2010 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.  Other Information.
 
Not applicable.
 
PART III
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
The information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Chemical Financial’s Board of Directors and Nominees for Election as Directors” and the subheading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Information regarding the identification of executive officers is set forth under the heading “Executive Officers” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Information required by this item is set forth under the subheadings “Board Committees” and “Audit Committee” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Chemical has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and Members of the Executive Management Committee, which applies to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as well as all other senior financial and accounting officers. The Code of Ethics is posted on Chemical’s website at www.chemicalbankmi.com. Chemical intends to satisfy the


118


Table of Contents

disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver of, a provision of the Code of Ethics by posting such information on its website at www.chemicalbankmi.com.
 
Item 11.  Executive Compensation.
 
Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Committee Report” and “Director Compensation” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
The information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Ownership of Chemical Financial Common Stock” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
The following table presents information about the registrant’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010:
 
                         
    Equity Compensation Plan Information  
                Number of Securities
 
                Remaining Available for
 
    Number of Securities to be
    Weighted-Average
    Future Issuance under
 
    Issued upon Exercise of
    Exercise Price of
    Equity Compensation
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options,
    Plans (excluding Securities
 
    Warrants and Rights
    Warrants and Rights
    Reflected in Column (a))
 
Plan category
  (a)     (b)     (c)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    742,165     $ 29.47       918,894  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    15,500       26.95       113,052  
                         
Total
    757,665     $ 29.42       1,031,946  
                         
 
At December 31, 2010, equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders consisted of the Chemical Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Purchase Plan for Subsidiary and Community Bank Directors (Stock Purchase Plan), the Chemical Financial Corporation Plan for Participants in the O.A.K. Financial Corporation 1999 Directors Stock Option Plan (OAK Directors Plan) and the Chemical Financial Corporation Plan for Participants in the O.A.K. Financial Corporation 1999 Stock Compensation Plan (OAK Employees Plan).
 
The Stock Purchase Plan became effective on March 25, 2002 and was designed to provide non-employee community advisory directors of Chemical Bank, who are neither directors nor employees of the Corporation, the option of receiving their fees in shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The Stock Purchase Plan provides for a maximum of 175,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock, subject to adjustment for certain changes in the capital structure of the Corporation as defined in the Stock Purchase Plan, to be available under the Stock Purchase Plan. Subsidiary directors and community advisory directors who elect to participate in the Stock Purchase Plan may elect to contribute to the Stock Purchase Plan fifty percent or one hundred percent of their director fees and/or fifty percent or one hundred percent of their director committee fees, earned as directors or community advisory directors of Chemical Bank. Contributions to the Stock Purchase Plan are made by Chemical Bank on behalf of each electing participant. Stock Purchase Plan participants may terminate their participation in the Stock Purchase Plan, at any time, by written notice of withdrawal to the Corporation. Participants will cease to be eligible to participate in the Stock Purchase Plan when they cease to serve as directors or community advisory directors of Chemical Bank. Shares are distributed to participants annually.
 
Options granted under the OAK Directors Plan are incentive stock options and were awarded at the fair value of O.A.K. Financial Corporation common stock on the date of grant. Payment for exercise of an option at the time of exercise may be made in the form of shares of the Corporation’s common stock having a market value equal to the exercise price of the option at the time of exercise, or in cash. There are no further stock options available for grant under the OAK Directors Plan. As of December 31, 2010, there were options outstanding under the OAK Directors Plan for 3,479 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $25.60 per share.
 
Options granted under the OAK Employees Plan are incentive stock options and were awarded at the fair value of O.A.K. Financial Corporation common stock on the date of grant. Payment for exercise of an option at the time of exercise may be made in the form of shares of the Corporation’s common stock having a market value equal to the exercise price of the option at the time of exercise, or in cash. There are no further stock options available for grant under the OAK Employees Plan. As of


119


Table of Contents

December 31, 2010, there were options outstanding under the OAK Employees Plan for 12,022 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $26.88 per share.
 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.
 
The information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Election of Directors” and the subheading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
The information required by this item is set forth under the subheading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and the subheading “Board Committees” in the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is here incorporated by reference.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) (1)   Financial Statements.  The following financial statements and reports of the independent registered public accounting firm of Chemical and Chemical Bank are filed as part of this report:
 
         
    Pages
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated February 25, 2011
    43  
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position-December 31, 2010 and 2009
    45  
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010
    46  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010
    47  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010
    48  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    49  
 
The financial statements, the notes to financial statements, and the independent registered public accounting firm’s reports listed above are here incorporated by reference from Item 8 of this report.
 
  (2)   Financial Statement Schedules.  The schedules for the Corporation are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required, or because the information is set forth in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
  (3)   Exhibits.  The following lists the Exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K:
 
     
Number
 
Exhibit
 
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 7, 2010. Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 7, 2010, filed with the SEC on January 8, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
3.1
  Restated Articles of Incorporation. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 filed with the SEC on August 5, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
3.2
  Bylaws. Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 20, 2009, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2009. Here incorporated by reference.
4.1
  Restated Articles of Incorporation. Exhibit 3.1 is here incorporated by reference.
4.2
  Bylaws. Exhibit 3.2 is here incorporated by reference.
4.3
  Long-Term Debt. The registrant has outstanding long-term debt which at the time of this report does not exceed 10% of the registrant’s total consolidated assets. The registrant agrees to furnish copies of the agreements defining the rights of holders of such long-term debt to the SEC upon request.
10.1
  Chemical Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan of 2006.* Previously filed as an exhibit to the registrant’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 21, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
10.2
  Chemical Financial Corporation Stock Incentive Plan of 1997.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2005. Here incorporated by reference.


120


Table of Contents

     
Number
 
Exhibit
 
10.3
  Chemical Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2006. Here incorporated by reference.
10.4
  Chemical Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the SEC on March 1, 2007. Here incorporated by reference.
10.5
  Chemical Financial Corporation Supplemental Retirement Income Plan.* Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on February 19, 2010. Here incorporated by reference.
10.6
  Chemical Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Purchase Plan for Subsidiary and Community Bank Directors.* Previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on March 25, 2002. Here incorporated by reference.
10.7
  Chemical Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Plan.* Previously filed as Appendix A to the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, filed with the SEC on March 5, 2008. Here incorporated by reference.
21
  Subsidiaries.
23.1
  Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2
  Consent of Andrews Hooper Pavlik PLC
24
  Powers of Attorney.
31.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32
  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350.
99.1
  Chemical Financial Corporation 2001 Stock Purchase Plan for Subsidiary and Community Bank Directors Audited Financial Statements and Notes.
99.2
  Chemical Financial Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Plan Audited Financial Statements and Notes.
 
 
* These agreements are management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements required to be filed as Exhibits to this Form 10-K.
 
The index of exhibits and any exhibits filed as part of the 2010 Form 10-K are accessible at no cost on the Corporation’s web site at www.chemicalbankmi.com in the “Investor Information” section, at www.edocumentview.com/chfc and through the United States Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site at www.sec.gov. Chemical will furnish a copy of any exhibit listed above to any shareholder of the registrant at a cost of 30 cents per page upon written request to Ms. Lori A. Gwizdala, Chief Financial Officer, Chemical Financial Corporation, 333 East Main Street, Midland, Michigan 48640-0569.


121


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 25, 2011.
 
CHEMICAL FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
-s- David B. Ramaker
David B. Ramaker
Chairman of the Board, CEO, President and Director
Principal Executive Officer
 
-s- Lori A. Gwizdala
Lori A. Gwizdala
Executive Vice President, CFO and Treasurer
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on February 25, 2011 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
OFFICERS:
 
-s- Lori A. Gwizdala
David B. Ramaker
Chairman of the Board, CEO, President and Director
Principal Executive Officer
 
-s- Lori A. Gwizdala
Lori A. Gwizdala
Executive Vice President, CFO and Treasurer
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer
 
The following Directors of Chemical Financial Corporation executed a power of attorney appointing David B. Ramaker and Lori A. Gwizdala their attorneys-in-fact, empowering them to sign this report on their behalf.
Gary E. Anderson
J. Daniel Bernson
Nancy Bowman
James A. Currie
James R. Fitterling
Thomas T. Huff
Michael T. Laethem
James B. Meyer
Terence F. Moore
Aloysius J. Oliver
Grace O. Shearer
Larry D. Stauffer
William S. Stavropoulos
Franklin C. Wheatlake
 
-s- Lori A. Gwizdala
By Lori A. Gwizdala
Attorney-in-fact


122